{ "store": "Supplement Company", "website": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz", "currency": "NZD", "count": 42, "products": [ { "id": "bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g", "sku": "bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g", "title": "BCAA and EAA Powder Pineapple 462 g", "slug": "bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g", "price": 154.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "amino-acids", "category_label": "Amino Acids", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g/main-bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 462 g tub of powdered branched-chain and essential amino acids in a Fijian Pineapple flavour, mixed with natural flavours, citric and malic acid and a sucralose sweetener, coloured with spirulina and beta-carotene.", "description": "The problem with most tubs of amino powder\n\nWalk into any supplement shop and the amino acid shelf is a wall of noise. Big fonts, lightning bolts, words in capital letters. Behind all of it sits a fairly simple product: a fine powder made of individual amino acids, flavoured so it is drinkable, that you mix with water.\n\nThe honest problem most people have is not picking between exotic formulas. It is that they buy a tub, drink it twice, and then it sits at the back of a cupboard for a year because the flavour was unpleasant or the powder went rock hard. That is wasted money, and it is usually avoidable.\n\nThis page is about one specific product, a 429 g pineapple amino acid powder, and about how to think clearly when you are choosing something in this category. We are not going to tell you what it does for your body. We are not allowed to and, frankly, we would not want to. What we can do is explain what the thing actually is so you can make your own call.\n\nWhat is in the tub\n\nThe maker lists the ingredients in this order: L-Leucine, L-Isoleucine, L-Valine, L-Tyrosine, Natural Flavours, Citric Acid, Malic Acid, L-Phenylalanine, L-Lysine, L-Threonine, L-Histidine, L-Tryptophan, Sodium Citrate, Sucralose, Senactiv, L-Methionine, Colours (Spirulina, Beta-Carotene), Huperzia Serrata Extract (1% Huperzine A).\n\nIngredient lists are ordered by weight, largest first. So the first three, the branched-chain amino acids, make up the bulk of the powder. After that you get a spread of other amino acids plus the things that make it taste like a drink rather than a chemistry set.\n\nCitric acid and malic acid are the sour notes. They are the same acids you would meet in citrus fruit and apples. Sodium citrate is a buffering salt that softens the sharpness. Sucralose is the sweetener. The colours are spirulina, a blue-green algae pigment, and beta-carotene, the orange-yellow pigment in carrots. Together those two are what give a pineapple-flavoured powder its yellow-gold look without a synthetic dye.\n\nThe label on the pack is the final word. If there is ever a difference between what you read online and what is printed on the tub in your hand, trust the tub, and read it before you use the product.\n\nBCAA versus EAA, in plain language\n\nPeople ask this constantly, so here is the simple version.\n\nAmino acids are the building blocks that make up protein. There are twenty or so involved in human biology. Some the body can build itself, and some it cannot, which is why the second group is called essential. Essential does not mean more important, it just means you have to eat them.\n\nThe branched-chain amino acids, leucine, isoleucine and valine, are three members of that essential group. They got their own name and their own product category because of how they are shaped. An essential amino acids powder covers the broader group.\n\nThis product includes both the branched-chain three at the front of the list and several others behind them. That is why it is sold as a BCAA and EAA powder rather than one or the other. We are not making any claim about what difference that does or does not make. It is simply a description of what is in the tub.\n\nFlavour is the thing most people underrate\n\nFree-form amino acids taste genuinely bad on their own. Bitter, slightly metallic, lingering. There is a reason unflavoured tubs often go unfinished.\n\nThat is why the flavouring in a product like this is not a cosmetic detail. A tart tropical flavour, built with citric and malic acid, does a decent job of covering bitterness because sourness and bitterness compete for attention on the tongue. Pineapple in particular is already a sharp, acidic fruit flavour, so the match is sensible.\n\nIf you have tried a sweet, syrupy amino drink before and found it cloying, a tarter profile is usually the better bet. If you prefer things sweet and soft, a sour pineapple might not be your favourite. Taste is personal and there is no clever way around that. The only thing worth saying is: buy the flavour you would actually drink daily, not the one with the best packaging.\n\nHow to use a powder like this\n\nMechanically it could not be simpler. Scoop the powder into a shaker or bottle, add cold water, seal it, shake for a few seconds, drink.\n\nA few practical notes from people who use powders regularly. Add the water first and the powder second if you want to avoid a clumped lump stuck to the bottom. A shaker with a wire ball or a plastic mixing disc dissolves things faster than a plain bottle. Cold water tastes better with fruit flavours than room temperature water, though very cold water can slow dissolving slightly, so give it a few extra shakes.\n\nFor the serve size and any timing directions, read the pack. The maker sets those, and the scoop that comes in the tub is sized to match. Do not estimate with a kitchen spoon.\n\nWho it is not for\n\nThis is a sports food. Sports foods of this kind are not suitable for children under 15, and they are not recommended for pregnant women. They should be used alongside a balanced diet rather than in place of meals.\n\nIf you take prescription medication, have a medical condition, or you are unsure for any other reason, talk to a doctor or pharmacist before adding any supplement to your routine. That is not a legal formality, it is just the sensible thing to do. Nobody on the internet, including us, knows your situation.\n\nAllergen and dietary suitability details are printed on the pack. We do not have vegan, vegetarian or gluten status recorded for this product, so if those matter to you, read the label before you use the product or ask the maker directly.\n\nKeeping the powder in good condition\n\nFine powders hate two things, moisture and heat. Humidity turns loose powder into a brick, and heat can dull flavour over time.\n\nSo keep the tub sealed, keep it somewhere cool and dry like a pantry shelf, and keep it out of direct sun. The two most common mistakes are leaving it in a car on a warm day and scooping with a damp hand straight after a shower. Both will cost you.\n\nIf the powder does firm up a little, a sealed tub given a good shake usually breaks it apart. Check the best before date printed on the pack and do not use it beyond that.\n\nWhat to compare when you shop\n\nA few things are worth looking at side by side when you are choosing between tubs.\n\nStart with pack size, because a headline price means nothing without it. This one is 429 g. Next, read the full ingredient list rather than the front of the label, since the order tells you roughly how much of each thing is in there. Then think about sweetener and colour preferences, because some people avoid certain sweeteners or prefer plant-derived colours. Finally, be realistic about flavour, which is the single biggest reason a tub gets finished or abandoned.\n\nWhat you should ignore is any claim that sounds like a promise. We make none here, and we would treat big promises elsewhere with a raised eyebrow.\n\nDelivery and returns\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days, and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Delivery is NZ only.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery, on unopened and sealed packs only. That restriction exists for hygiene reasons and applies across food products generally. If something arrives faulty or damaged, contact us and we will put it right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. No separate warranty is sold with this product.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 429 g tub of powdered branched-chain and essential amino acids, flavoured Fijian Pineapple, sweetened with sucralose and coloured with spirulina and beta-carotene. You mix it with cold water and drink it.\n\nWe have not told you what it will do for you, because that is not something we will claim. We have told you what is in it, what size it is, how to prepare and store it, and who should not use it. The pack label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions, so read it before you use the product.\n\nIf the ingredient list suits you and a tart pineapple drink sounds like something you would finish, it is a straightforward buy. If you are unsure, ask us, or ask a qualified health professional who knows your history.", "llm_summary": "BCAA and EAA Powder Pineapple 462 g is a powdered sports food sold in a single 462 g tub, flavoured Fijian Pineapple. The maker lists the ingredients as L-Leucine, L-Isoleucine, L-Valine, L-Tyrosine, Natural Flavours, Citric Acid, Malic Acid, L-Phenylalanine, L-Lysine, L-Threonine, L-Histidine, L-Tryptophan, Sodium Citrate, Sucralose, Senactiv, L-Methionine, Colours (Spirulina and Beta-Carotene) and Huperzia Serrata Extract (1% Huperzine A). The item form is powder, intended to be mixed with water. Brand, weight, dimensions, country of origin, serve count and nutrition figures are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions. Not suitable for children under 15 or pregnant women. No health or performance claims are made.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/bcaa-and-eaa-powder-pineapple-429-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g", "sku": "eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g", "title": "EAA and BCAA Powder Lemon 231 g", "slug": "eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g", "price": 193.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "amino-acids", "category_label": "Amino Acids", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "231 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/main-eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g-8.jpg" ], "description_short": "A lemon-flavoured powder listed for vegetarian adults, with one 231 g pack per item.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a powdered supplement can be harder than it first looks. Product names often say little about the full ingredients, the amount to measure or how many servings a pack contains. A useful buying decision starts with separating confirmed details from information you still need to check.\n\nThis product is EAA and BCAA Powder Lemon 231 g. The maker's description confirms lemon flavour, powder form and one item per purchase. It lists the diet type as vegetarian and the age range as adult. Those details give you a starting point without needing to guess at the formula.\n\nThe next step is to check the current pack label. Serve size, a full ingredient list and preparation directions are not included by the maker. If any of those details will decide your purchase, ask for them before ordering rather than waiting until the pack is open.\n\nWhat this product offers in practical terms\n\nThe clearest way to describe this lemon amino acid powder is by its format and pack size. You receive one item with a stated weight of 231 g. The product is a powder rather than a tablet or capsule, and lemon is the only flavour identified here.\n\nThat makes it worth considering if you are already looking for a powdered product in this flavour. It does not tell you how sweet it tastes, how strong the lemon flavour is or what its texture will be like when prepared. Those details are not given by the maker, so it is better to leave them open than promise a particular experience.\n\nThe maker's description names L-Leucine as the primary supplement type. It does not provide a full formula or individual ingredient amounts. Treat that entry as one product detail, not as a substitute for reading the ingredients panel.\n\nHow the powder format works\n\nPowder format means that the printed measuring and preparation instructions matter. Before using it, find the stated serving amount and any instructions about what to mix it with. The maker does not give a liquid volume, mixing method or daily schedule.\n\nAvoid borrowing directions from a similar-looking product. Two packs can share a flavour or category name while carrying different instructions. The amino acid powder directions printed on this pack are the ones to follow.\n\nAn included scoop is also not confirmed. If there is one in the pack, read the label to understand how it relates to the serving amount. Do not assume that a scoop from another product measures the same quantity. If the directions are unclear, ask for clarification before preparing the powder.\n\nWho this choice may suit\n\nThis adult amino acid powder is listed for adults and described as vegetarian. It may fit your shopping criteria if you want those two details along with lemon flavour and a powder format.\n\nA vegetarian label is useful, but it does not answer every dietary question. It is not the same as a vegan statement, and no vegan classification is supplied here. Anyone shopping to a strict ingredient standard should read the complete label first.\n\nThe same care applies when buying for someone else. Knowing that they use powdered supplements does not confirm that this particular product is the one they want. Ask about the exact product, flavour and dietary requirements. That small check can prevent an unwanted purchase and avoid opening a pack that may need to be returned.\n\nRead the ingredient information before deciding\n\nWhen comparing EAA and BCAA powder ingredients, use the full printed list rather than the front-of-pack name alone. The maker does not include that full list, so there are limits to what can be checked on this page.\n\nFor example, sweetener details and sugar content are not specified. Lemon flavour does not establish whether the product contains sugar, which sweeteners may be present or what provides the flavour. None of those points should be inferred from the name.\n\nIf a particular ingredient matters to you, make it a pre-purchase question. Ask for a readable image of the current ingredients panel or the exact label wording. This is more useful than relying on a description of another pack that happens to have a similar name.\n\nCheck the allergen statement carefully\n\nthe maker's description states that the product is free from gluten, eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, soy, dairy, shellfish and fish. That is the allergen information available in the maker's description.\n\nEven so, the current pack label is the final word. Read the whole statement, including any additional wording about handling or manufacture that may appear on the packaging. This page does not supply a separate cross-contact statement.\n\nIf allergen information is central to your decision, confirm it before opening or using the product. Keep the question specific to the ingredient or allergen you need to check. A general vegetarian label cannot answer an allergen question, and a flavour name cannot tell you the complete composition of a powder.\n\nUnderstand the 231 g pack size\n\nThe 231 g figure is the stated pack weight. It is useful when comparing the amount supplied, but it does not show how many servings you will get.\n\nTo calculate a serving count, you need a confirmed amino acid powder serving size. That figure is absent from the maker's description. It would be misleading to estimate how many days the pack might last or assume that another product uses the same amount.\n\nThe recorded product dimensions are 9.19 x 9.19 x 9.45 cm. These may help you judge storage space, but they do not tell you the exact packaging style or usable internal volume. If you have a tight cupboard space, allow room to handle the pack rather than relying on its dimensions alone.\n\nCompare like with like\n\nA fair comparison starts with the information available on both products. Check the pack weight, flavour, form and diet description. Then look for full ingredients and printed serving directions.\n\nPrice per pack can be compared once you confirm the pack sizes. Price per serving needs more information, including a verified serving count. Without that, a larger or cheaper pack does not automatically offer the better match for your needs.\n\nIf you are searching for the best lemon flavoured supplement powder for your preferences, turn that broad search into specific questions. Do you want lemon? Do you prefer powder? Is a vegetarian label important? Do you have the full label details? Clear answers are more useful than a long list of claims that cannot be checked against the maker's description.\n\nCheck the pack when it arrives\n\nBefore opening, confirm that the product name, flavour and stated weight match your order. Look over the packaging and check the original seal. Read the printed date and make sure the label is clear enough to follow.\n\nThis is also the right time to review ingredients, allergen information and directions. If you spot a mismatch or find that a needed detail remains unclear, keep the pack sealed while you contact us.\n\nNo batch-specific expiry or best-before date is supplied on this page. The date on the delivered pack is therefore an important part of your arrival check. Keeping the packaging intact also helps preserve your change-of-mind return options if you decide not to keep it.\n\nStore and handle it according to the label\n\nFollow the storage instructions printed on the pack. No exact storage temperature or after-opening time limit is given in the maker's description, so those details should not be guessed.\n\nAs a general handling step, keep the packaging closed between uses and use clean, dry utensils. Retain the original label so that the directions and ingredient information remain easy to find.\n\nIf you move the pack to another cupboard or take it away from home, keep the label with it. A powder without its instructions is harder to measure and identify correctly. There is no need to invent a special storage routine when the most useful guidance is the wording supplied on the pack itself.\n\nDelivery, gifts and returns\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, but a delivery lead time is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the current delivery information for your address before ordering, especially if you need the item by a particular date.\n\nFor gifting, confirm that the recipient wants this exact product. Leave it in its original sealed packaging so they can check the label and decide whether to keep it.\n\nNew Zealand change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If there is a problem, contact us before opening the pack further or sending it back.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a single 231 g pack of lemon-flavoured EAA and BCAA powder, listed as vegetarian and intended for adults. L-Leucine is named as the primary supplement type.\n\nChoose it on the basis of confirmed details, then check the current label for the full ingredients, serving amount and preparation directions. If a missing detail matters to your decision, ask before ordering. That is the simplest way to make sure the pack you buy matches the one you actually want.", "llm_summary": "EAA and BCAA Powder Lemon 231 g is a lemon-flavoured powdered supplement supplied as one item. The maker lists a 231 g weight, vegetarian diet type and adult age range. L-Leucine is named as the primary supplement type. Product dimensions are 9.19 x 9.19 x 9.45 cm. the maker's description states that it is free from gluten, eggs, tree nuts, peanuts, soy, dairy, shellfish and fish. A full ingredient list, serve size, serving count and preparation directions are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word on these details. New Zealand change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging, with customer-paid return postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/eaa-and-bcaa-powder-lemon-231-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g", "sku": "eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g", "title": "EAA and Electrolyte Powder Lemon Lime 270 g", "slug": "eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g", "price": 154.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "amino-acids", "category_label": "Amino Acids", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "270 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/main-eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 270 g canister offers 30 servings of lemon lime powder, with a printed mixing direction of one 9 g scoop in 500 ml of cold water.", "description": "Choosing a supplement powder can be harder than it needs to be. A product name may tell you the flavour, but not how much powder to measure, how much water to use or which ingredients are included. Those details matter more than a long list of promises.\n\nThis EAA and electrolyte powder is a lemon lime powder supplied in a 270 g canister. It has 30 listed servings, with directions to mix 9 g into 500 ml of cold water. This guide focuses on those practical facts, the ingredient list and the checks to make before opening the pack.\n\nStart with the format and pack size\n\nThis is a powder, not a ready-to-drink bottle, capsule or tablet. You measure a serve and mix it with water. If you prefer a product that needs no preparation, that difference is worth noticing before you buy.\n\nThe canister contains 270 g, and the maker gives 30 servings per container. Those figures refer to the powder as a whole, not to the amount of amino acids or mineral salts alone. A 9 g serve includes the other listed ingredients too.\n\nFor anyone comparing a 30 serving amino acid powder with another pack, use the stated serving size alongside the total weight. Two canisters with the same weight may have different directions. The number on the front of a pack does not tell the whole story.\n\nRead the ingredients before the product claims\n\nThe amino acid list names L-leucine, L-lysine, L-isoleucine, L-valine, L-histidine, L-phenylalanine, L-threonine, L-methionine and L-tryptophan. Their individual quantities are not included by the maker.\n\nThe mineral salts are magnesium citrate, calcium citrate, sodium chloride and potassium citrate. That gives you the ingredient names, but it does not provide a per-serve mineral breakdown. If a specific amount matters to your buying decision, check the current pack label before using it.\n\nThis is an important distinction when comparing essential amino acid powder options. An ingredient being present is not the same as knowing its quantity. Avoid filling that gap with an estimate based on the total scoop weight or on a different product's label.\n\nVitamin B12 and vitamin B6 also appear in the supplied list. Again, no amounts are given here.\n\nLook at flavour and sweeteners together\n\nLemon lime is the listed flavour. The formula includes natural flavour, citric acid and malic acid. Its named sweeteners are steviol glycosides, monk fruit extract and thaumatin.\n\nTaste is personal, so the flavour name cannot promise how sweet or sharp you will find the mixed drink. If you already know you dislike one of the listed sweeteners, take that into account before opening the seal.\n\nThe maker's details states no added sugar. That is not a replacement for a full nutrition panel, which is not included by the maker. If you need a total sugar figure, use the pack label rather than assuming a number.\n\nThe remaining listed ingredients include silica dioxide, acacia fibre and natural colour from turmeric. Read the whole list, even when your first interest is simply finding a lemon lime supplement powder.\n\nFollow the printed mixing direction\n\nThe preparation direction is clear. Add 9 g, described as one scoop, to 500 ml of cold water. Stir or shake until fully dissolved.\n\nYou do not need to choose a particular shaker based on the maker's description. Both stirring and shaking are allowed by the supplied directions. Use a clean container that can hold the stated water volume and still lets you mix without spilling.\n\nThe maker's description also suggests using less water for a stronger or sweeter flavour. That changes the water amount, not the permitted amount of powder. The daily direction remains no more than one serve.\n\nStart with the printed mixing ratio so you have a reference for the intended preparation. If you later adjust the water as suggested, keep measuring the powder carefully. Do not assume that a larger bottle calls for another scoop.\n\nCheck dietary statements against the current label\n\nThis plant based amino acid powder is listed as vegan. The supplied allergen statements are dairy free, gluten free and soy free.\n\nThose are useful details when making a shortlist, but no independent certification is specified here. There is also no full manufacturing or shared-facility statement in the maker's description. Do not treat missing information as proof of a particular handling process.\n\nFor someone seeking a gluten free EAA powder or a dairy free amino acid powder, the next step is to read the current packaging. Check both the ingredient list and any allergen advice rather than relying only on a short product description.\n\nIf a dietary restriction requires more detail than the label provides, ask for clarification before using the product. Keeping the seal intact while you check also preserves the option of an unopened-pack return under the stated terms.\n\nDecide whether the directions suit you\n\nThe listed age range is adult. The supplied safety information describes the product as a formulated supplementary sports food, not a sole source of nutrition. It says it should be consumed with a nutritious diet and exercise program.\n\nThere are no children's directions in the maker's description. Nor does it provide individual advice for pregnancy, breastfeeding, medical conditions or use alongside medicines. A product page cannot settle those personal questions.\n\nIf any of those points apply, ask a qualified health professional to review the actual label before use. The same approach makes sense if you are considering several supplement products together. The maker does not give combined-use directions.\n\nThere is no fixed time of day in the supplied instructions. Keep your decision tied to the printed directions rather than assuming a special schedule from the product name.\n\nCompare like with like\n\nWhen comparing EAA and electrolyte powder options, begin with what is confirmed. Here, that means a 270 g pack, 30 listed servings, lemon lime flavour, a powder format and a 9 g serving direction.\n\nNext, compare the information you actually need. That may be the sweetener list, dietary statements, water volume or individual ingredient amounts. If a figure is missing, mark it as unknown rather than treating it as equal to another product.\n\nThe country of origin is Australia, and the maker's description describes the product as Australian made. No additional manufacturing credentials or certifications are specified here.\n\nPrice comparisons are more useful when pack sizes and serving directions are considered together. A lower canister price alone does not show whether two products have the same contents or number of labelled servings.\n\nPlan for storage and handling\n\nThe listed canister dimensions are 9 x 9 x 12 cm. Use those measurements to check whether it fits the place where you plan to keep it. The product is sold as one canister, not a multi-pack.\n\nFollow the pack's storage directions once it arrives. Keep the container closed between uses, use a clean and dry utensil, and avoid introducing water into the powder.\n\nAn expiry date and a period for use after opening are not given by the maker by the maker. Check the printed date and any after-opening directions on the actual canister. Do not assume a shelf life from another powder you have bought.\n\nBefore first use, inspect the seal and read the label. If anything appears wrong with the goods or the description does not match what arrived, raise the issue before using the contents.\n\nThink about delivery and gifting before opening\n\nFor New Zealand orders, a delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the delivery information shown at checkout, especially if the order is needed for a particular date.\n\nIf buying as a gift, confirm that the adult recipient wants this type of product and accepts its ingredients. Flavour and sweetener preferences can be quite specific. A sealed pack gives them the chance to read the label before deciding whether to use it.\n\nThe stated return window is 14 days from delivery for packs that are unopened and still in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Opening a pack to taste it does not meet those unopened-return conditions.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from changing your mind about an otherwise correctly supplied pack.\n\nThe short version\n\nChoose this lemon lime powder if its stated format, ingredients and directions match what you are looking for. You receive one 270 g canister with 30 listed servings, prepared at 9 g in 500 ml of cold water.\n\nRead the current label before opening or using it. Keep to no more than one serve per day, and use the pack as the final reference for quantities, storage and safety information. If an important detail is missing, check it first rather than guessing.", "llm_summary": "This adult EAA and electrolyte powder has a lemon lime flavour and comes in a 270 g canister with 30 listed servings. Directions specify 9 g, or one scoop, mixed into 500 ml of cold water and stirred or shaken until fully dissolved. Do not exceed one serve per day. The ingredient list includes nine amino acids, four mineral salts, natural sweeteners, vitamin B12 and vitamin B6. Individual ingredient quantities are not specified by the maker. It is listed as plant based, vegan, dairy free, gluten free and soy free, with Australia as its country of origin. It is a formulated supplementary sports food, not a sole source of nutrition. The current pack label is the final reference for use.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/eaa-and-electrolyte-powder-lemon-lime-270-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g", "sku": "essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g", "title": "Essential Amino Acid Powder Kiwi Lime 375 g", "slug": "essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g", "price": 131.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "amino-acids", "category_label": "Amino Acids", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g/main-essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/amino-acids/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 375 g tub of essential amino acid powder in a tropical kiwi lime flavour, mixed one scoop to 300-400 ml of cold water, easy to carry and easy to make.", "description": "The problem with most powders you buy once\n\nAlmost everyone who has bought a tub of flavoured powder has a story about the one that is still sitting at the back of a cupboard, three quarters full. It was not that the product failed. It was that the flavour was not something the person wanted to drink again, or it never mixed properly, or the tub was so big that finishing it felt like a chore.\n\nThat is the real decision you are making here. You are not just buying 375 g of powder. You are deciding whether you will actually drink it, day after day, in the water you already have at hand. A tub that gets finished is a good purchase. A tub that gets abandoned is not, no matter what is written on the front of it.\n\nThis guide walks through how a powder like this one works in practice, who it tends to suit, how to pick between the options in front of you, and how to look after the tub once it arrives. It describes what this product is, nothing more. For what is inside it, the label on the pack is the final word, and you should read it before you use the product.\n\nWhat this product actually is\n\nStripped back to the basics, this is a 375 g tub of essential amino acid powder with a kiwi lime flavour. The item form is powder. The listed country of origin is Australia. It is a food, sold as a drink mix, and it is meant to go into cold water.\n\nThe directions are short. One scoop into 300-400 ml of cold water, stirred or shaken until dissolved, and you have a single drink. The pack describes it as something you can have before, during or after activity as part of your daily routine, so there is no single correct moment to use it.\n\nWhat is deliberately not on this page is anything about what the product does. We describe the pack size, the flavour, the form and the directions, and we leave it there. Nutrition figures, ingredient details, allergen statements and serve counts live on the printed label, and that label is the authority. If you want those numbers before you buy, ask us and we will read them out.\n\nHow a cold-water powder behaves\n\nThe physics of this are simple but they explain most of the frustrations people run into. A powder dissolves faster in moving water than in still water, and it dissolves more evenly when the water goes in first.\n\nSo the order matters. Pour your 300-400 ml of cold water into the bottle or glass, then add the scoop, then agitate. Doing it the other way round, scoop first, water poured on top, tends to pack the powder against the bottom where it forms a stubborn paste.\n\nA shaker bottle with a mesh insert or a wire ball is the easiest tool. Ten to fifteen seconds of a decent shake will usually do it. Without one, a tall glass and a long spoon still work, you just need to stir longer and come back for a second swirl after thirty seconds or so. If a thin layer settles at the bottom by the time you reach the end, that is normal with most powders. Give the bottle a quick shake before the last few mouthfuls.\n\nWater temperature matters for taste more than for solubility. Kiwi and lime are sharp, bright flavours, and they read as refreshing when cold and oddly flat when warm. Chilled water or a couple of ice cubes makes a noticeable difference.\n\nWho this suits, and who it does not\n\nA kiwi lime amino powder tends to suit people who already prefer citrus-style drinks over creamy ones. If your usual choice is a cordial, a sparkling water with lime, or a tart juice, this sits in familiar territory. If you prefer chocolate and vanilla style flavours, a tropical tart profile may not be the one you reach for.\n\nIt also suits people who carry a water bottle. Because the whole serve is one scoop in cold water, it travels well. Tub in the gym bag or the kitchen, bottle in hand, done.\n\nOn the other side, there are people this product is not for. Sports foods of this kind are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women. They are also meant to be used with a balanced diet, not in place of meals. If you have a medical condition, take medication, or have any doubt about whether a sports food fits your situation, talk to a qualified health professional before you buy.\n\nAnd if you have allergies, the pack label is where you check. Not this page, not a search result, the actual printed statement on the tub.\n\nHow to choose between options\n\nWhen people compare one tub against another, four practical things usually decide it.\n\nFlavour family. This is the biggest one and the most ignored. Buy the flavour you would genuinely drink every day, not the one that sounds interesting. The best amino acid drink mix for you is the one that still tastes good in week six.\n\nPack size. A 375 g tub is a middle-of-the-road size. Big enough to last a reasonable stretch, small enough that if the flavour does not land you have not committed to a kilogram of it. If you are trying a flavour for the first time, a mid-size tub is the sensible bet.\n\nForm and mixing method. Powder needs water, a container and a few seconds. That is a plus if you already carry a bottle and a minus if you do not. Be honest about whether you will do the mixing step.\n\nLabel detail. Ingredients, allergens, directions and nutrition are all on the pack. If a decision hinges on one of those, get the answer before you order rather than after. We are happy to check for you.\n\nPrice is obviously part of it too, but comparing tubs by sticker price alone is misleading unless you also know the scoop size and the serve count. A cheaper tub with larger serves can work out dearer per drink.\n\nLooking after the tub\n\nPowder has two enemies, heat and moisture. Everything about storage comes down to keeping both away.\n\nKeep the tub in a cool, dry cupboard, away from direct sun and away from the stove or a sunny windowsill. Close the lid firmly every single time. Use a dry scoop and dry hands, because a damp scoop put back into the tub is the most common cause of clumping. If you store the scoop inside the tub, shake off any moisture first, or clip it to the lid instead if the design allows.\n\nIf the powder does clump a little, that is usually moisture rather than spoilage, but check the date and the condition before use. If anything looks or smells wrong, do not use it.\n\nStorage directions printed on the pack take priority over anything written here. Read them.\n\nOrdering, delivery and returns\n\nOrders are dispatched within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and we deliver within NZ only. You will get tracking once your parcel is moving.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery, on unopened, sealed packs only. That limitation is a food safety one and applies to every edible product we sell. If your tub arrives faulty or damaged, your rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 apply, and we will put it right. Send us a photo of the damage and we will handle it from there.\n\nNo separate warranty is sold with this product. No reviews, ratings or testimonials are published on this page.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 375 g tub of kiwi lime flavoured essential amino acid powder, made in Australia, mixed one scoop to 300-400 ml of cold water. Water first, then powder, then a good shake. Store it cool, dry and sealed, with a dry scoop.\n\nIt is a sports food. It is not for children under 15 or for pregnant women, and it is meant to sit alongside a balanced diet rather than replace part of it. For ingredients, allergens, nutrition and directions, read the label on the pack, because that label is the final word and nothing on this page changes it.\n\nIf the flavour sounds like something you would happily drink, it is a straightforward buy. If you have a question about what is printed on the tub, ask us first and we will check.", "llm_summary": "Essential Amino Acid Powder Kiwi Lime 375 g is a powdered food sold in a 375 g tub with a kiwi lime flavour. The listed item form is powder and the listed country of origin is Australia. Directions on the pack are to mix one scoop with 300-400 ml of cold water for a cold drink, which can be taken before, during or after activity as part of a daily routine. Brand, GTIN, MPN, pack weight, dimensions and nutrition figures are not specified by the maker. Serving count per tub is not specified. The product label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/essential-amino-acid-powder-kiwi-lime-375-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg", "sku": "casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg", "title": "Casein Protein Powder Dutch Chocolate 1 kg", "slug": "casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg", "price": 167.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "casein-and-mass-gainers", "category_label": "Casein And Mass Gainers", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg/main-casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg-2.jpg" ], "description_short": "Slow-dispersing casein protein powder in a deep Dutch chocolate flavour, supplied in a resealable 1 kg pack and made in Australia.", "description": "The problem with a shake that drinks like water\n\nMost people meet protein powder through whey. You scoop it, shake it, and thirty seconds later you have something thin and sweet that goes down in four gulps. For some occasions that is exactly right. For others it leaves you staring into an empty shaker wondering what the point was.\n\nCasein solves a different problem. It is the other major protein in milk, and in powder form it behaves in a way that is hard to miss. It takes up liquid slowly, thickens as it goes, and holds that body in the glass. The same scoop that disappears into water as whey will, as casein, turn into something closer to a thin drinking chocolate or, with less liquid, something you eat with a spoon.\n\nThis product is a one kilogram tub of casein powder in a Dutch chocolate flavour, made in Australia. That is the whole proposition. No clever gimmick, just a large pack of a slow-dispersing milk protein in a cocoa flavour that happens to suit the texture very well.\n\nHow casein actually behaves\n\nThe mechanics are simple enough. Whey protein is highly soluble, so it scatters quickly through liquid and stays liquid. Casein does not scatter the same way. It absorbs liquid and forms a gel-like structure, which is why a casein shake thickens as it stands and why it keeps thickening if you leave it a few minutes.\n\nThat has practical consequences in the kitchen. If you shake casein the way you shake whey, with a tiny bit of water and a quick rattle, you will get something stiff and a bit lumpy. Give it more liquid and a bit more effort and you get a smooth, heavy shake. Give it a blender and you get something genuinely nice.\n\nThe Dutch chocolate flavour fits this texture. Dutch-style cocoa is darker and smoother in character than standard cocoa, with less of the sharp edge. In a thin drink that can read as flat. In a thick one it has somewhere to sit, and it comes across as rich rather than sugary. If you have found chocolate protein powders too candy-like in the past, a darker cocoa profile in a thicker format is worth trying.\n\nNone of this is a claim about what the product does inside you. It is a description of what the powder does inside a glass, which is the only part we can honestly speak to. Everything about nutrition, ingredients and directions lives on the pack label, and you should read that label before you use the product.\n\nWho it suits\n\nA one kilo tub of casein is a good fit if you already drink protein shakes and want a second option on the shelf for the times when a thin shake is not what you want. Plenty of people keep whey for straight after training and casein for the evening, or for the stretch of the afternoon when a thin drink would not cut it.\n\nIt also suits people who like making things. Casein is far more useful than whey if you want protein oats that actually set, a no-bake slice that holds together, or a mousse-style dessert. The thickening behaviour that annoys people in a shaker bottle is the exact property that makes it work in a bowl. If you have been hunting for the best casein powder for baking style projects, the thickening is the feature, not the flaw.\n\nIt is less suitable if you want the fastest, lightest, most neutral shake possible. It is also not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women, which is standard for sports foods and worth stating plainly rather than burying. And it should sit alongside a balanced diet, not stand in for meals.\n\nIf you are avoiding dairy, casein is a milk protein, so this is not your product. A plant-based powder is the sensible alternative there.\n\nHow to choose a casein tub\n\nPack size. One kilogram is the sweet spot for most households. A 500 gram tub runs out fast if you are using it daily, and a 2 kilo sack can sit open long enough to go stale if you are not. One kilo generally means a few weeks to a couple of months of regular use, which keeps the powder fresh without forcing you to reorder constantly. How many serves you actually get depends on the scoop size on the label, so do that quick bit of arithmetic yourself.\n\nFlavour. Chocolate is the safest starting flavour in casein because the texture is heavy and cocoa carries weight well. Lighter flavours like vanilla or berry can taste odd when the drink is thick. If this is your first casein, a Dutch chocolate is a reasonable first pick.\n\nThe pack format. A resealable tub matters more with casein than you might think. Moisture is the enemy of any protein powder, and clumping is almost always a storage problem rather than a product problem. A tub with a proper lid, used with a dry scoop, stays usable right to the bottom.\n\nThe label. This is the big one. Ingredients, allergens, nutrition information, serving directions and storage advice are all on the physical pack, and the pack is the final word. If a product page anywhere, including this one, seems to conflict with the label, go with the label.\n\nMixing it without the lumps\n\nA few habits make a real difference.\n\nPut the liquid in the shaker first, then add the powder. Powder-first is the number one cause of a cement layer at the bottom of the bottle. Use more liquid than you would for whey, because casein needs room to take it up. Shake firmly for longer than feels necessary, then let the bottle rest for a minute before drinking. That rest period lets the powder finish absorbing, and it smooths out the texture.\n\nA blender is better than a shaker if you have one handy, especially with added fruit or ice. For overnight oats or a pudding, stir the powder through the dry ingredients first, then add the liquid gradually. That avoids the sudden thickening that happens when a lot of powder hits a lot of liquid at once.\n\nIf you want it thinner, just add more liquid. If you want it thicker, add less and let it stand. The control is entirely in your hands, which is part of the appeal.\n\nStorage and care\n\nKeep the tub in a cupboard that stays cool and dry, away from the stove and away from direct sun. Seal the lid properly after every scoop. Use a dry scoop with dry hands, and do not leave the scoop buried in the powder if it has been near liquid.\n\nGo by the best before date on the pack. Protein powder does not spoil dramatically, but it loses flavour and can clump as it ages, and there is no reason to push past the date printed on the tub.\n\nDelivery and returns\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days, and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Delivery is NZ only.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs. Food products that have been opened cannot be returned for change of mind, which is a food safety rule rather than an unwillingness to help. If an item arrives faulty, damaged or not as described, contact us and we will sort it out under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. No separate warranty is sold with this product, and your consumer rights apply either way.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 1 kg resealable tub of casein protein powder in a Dutch chocolate flavour, with Australia listed as the country of origin. Casein disperses slowly and thickens, which makes it a better fit than whey for heavier shakes, overnight oats, puddings and no-bake snacks. The darker cocoa flavour suits that thicker texture.\n\nMix it with plenty of liquid, let it rest a minute, and store it sealed and dry. Read the pack label before use, because ingredients, allergens, nutrition and directions all live there and the label is the final word. It is not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women, and it belongs alongside a balanced diet rather than in place of one.", "llm_summary": "This product is a 1 kg tub of casein protein powder in a Dutch chocolate flavour, supplied as a dry powder in a resealable pack. The product details list the flavour as chocolate and the country of origin as Australia. Brand, GTIN, MPN, pack dimensions and shipped weight are not specified by the maker, and no nutrition figures, serve count, certifications or testing claims are given. Casein is a milk protein that disperses more slowly than whey, producing a thicker mix. Ingredients, allergens, nutrition information and serving directions appear on the pack label, which should be read before use. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/casein-protein-powder-dutch-chocolate-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg", "sku": "casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg", "title": "Casein Protein Powder Vanilla Ice Cream 1 kg", "slug": "casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg", "price": 206.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "casein-and-mass-gainers", "category_label": "Casein And Mass Gainers", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "1.23 kg", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/main-casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg-8.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 1 kg powder pack with Vanilla Ice Cream flavour and a thick mixed texture offers an option for drinks, recipes and snacks.", "description": "Choosing a powder online can be harder than it looks. A flavour name tells you part of the story, but it does not tell you the serving size, ingredients or how the drink will feel once mixed. Those details matter when you are buying a full kilogram rather than a small sample.\n\nThis Casein Protein Powder Vanilla Ice Cream 1 kg has a few clear starting points. It is a powder, the named flavour is Vanilla Ice Cream, and the supplied description points to a thick, creamy consistency. It is also suggested for recipes and snacks. This guide helps you weigh those details without filling gaps with guesses.\n\nStart with the flavour and texture you want\n\nIf you are comparing vanilla ice cream protein powder options, separate flavour from texture. They are different parts of the experience. You may like vanilla but prefer a thinner drink, or you may be looking specifically for something dense and creamy.\n\nThe flavour here is listed as Vanilla Ice Cream. That is a flavour name, not a promise that the prepared drink will taste exactly like a particular frozen dessert. The maker does not describe sweetness, aroma or aftertaste. It also does not identify the ingredients used to create the flavour.\n\nTexture is more clearly described. The maker's details says the powder mixes to a thick, creamy consistency. If a creamy casein drink is what you have in mind, that is a useful point of comparison. If you want a light, thin drink, pause and consider whether that description matches your preference.\n\nKnow what the pack size means\n\nThe powder quantity is 1 kg, also listed as 1000 g. The maker's description is for one item. These are the figures to use when comparing the amount of powder offered in different packs.\n\nA separate item weight of 1.23 kg appears in the maker's description. That does not change the stated powder quantity. The maker does not explain the weight difference, so it is better to keep the two figures separate rather than assume that all of the listed item weight is powder.\n\nThe item dimensions are 15 x 15 x 27 cm. That can help you think about storage space before ordering. Allow room to handle and close the pack as directed, not just enough space to fit its listed outline on a shelf.\n\nUnderstand what is known about preparation\n\nFor this product, the useful preparation fact is the described result, a dense, creamy mixture. Exact powder and liquid quantities are not given by the maker. Neither are mixing time, equipment requirements or a recommended liquid.\n\nThat means the pack label is the starting point for making a drink. Read it before measuring anything. Check whether its serving instructions use grams, a scoop or another measure, and follow the method given.\n\nDo not borrow directions from a different vanilla flavoured casein product just because the names sound similar. A familiar flavour does not confirm an identical recipe or serving size. The printed instructions for the pack you receive are the final word.\n\nThe same caution applies when comparing products under a slow digesting casein powder search. A search phrase is not a substitute for the ingredient list or directions. This page does not add physiological promises to the product description.\n\nCheck the label before making a dietary choice\n\nThe full ingredient list is not included by the maker. Neither is the printed allergen statement. Those are important gaps if you need to avoid a particular ingredient or follow a specific diet.\n\nDo not read a missing statement as a claim of suitability. This product does not confirm dairy-free, gluten-free, vegan or vegetarian status. It also does not identify sweeteners or give details about possible cross-contact.\n\nIf any of these details determine whether you can use the product, ask for the current label information before buying. Once the pack arrives, read its label again before opening or preparing it. That gives you a chance to check the actual item rather than relying on a flavour name or a broad product category.\n\nCompare serving information, not assumptions\n\nA casein powder 1 kg pack tells you the total quantity, but not how many drinks it will make. To work that out, you need the printed serving size and the servings-per-pack statement. Neither figure is provided here.\n\nThe same applies to the nutrition panel. The maker does not give an amount per serving, so there is no sound basis for comparing serving-level figures from this page alone. Avoid estimates based on another powder or on the apparent size of a scoop.\n\nWhen comparing value, keep your basis consistent. You can compare stated pack quantities now. For a serving-based comparison, wait until you have the label details for each option. This makes the comparison clearer and avoids treating unlike serving sizes as equal.\n\nConsider how you plan to use it\n\nThe supplied description suggests drinks, recipes and snacks. That gives you more than one possible use, but it does not provide a tested recipe. Think of these as suggested uses, not detailed instructions.\n\nIf you are choosing casein powder for recipes, start by checking the pack directions. A recipe that calls for a different powder may not give the same result with this one. The described thick texture is worth keeping in mind when deciding whether a recipe is suitable.\n\nNo baking temperature, heating guidance or substitution ratio is supplied. Do not assume that a measure of this powder can replace the same measure of flour or another ingredient. Use a suitable recipe and respect any limits printed on the pack.\n\nFor a drink, keep your first preparation straightforward. Follow the label before making changes. That gives you a clearer sense of the intended flavour and consistency.\n\nDecide whether a full kilogram suits you\n\nPack size is a practical choice, not just a price comparison. A 1 kg pack may suit someone who already knows they want this flavour and powder format. It deserves more thought if you have never tried a thick vanilla drink.\n\nConsider where you will store it and whether you have confirmed the ingredient information you need. Check the printed date when it arrives. The maker does not provide a shelf-life period, so it cannot tell you how long an unopened or opened pack will keep.\n\nIf you are choosing vanilla protein powder for snacks as well as drinks, check that your planned uses are realistic. A few suitable recipes may give you more ways to use the pack, but do not buy on the assumption that every recipe will work unchanged.\n\nKeep care simple and label-led\n\nStorage instructions are not specified by the maker. Follow the conditions on the pack rather than advice intended for a different product.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when handling the powder. Keep the packaging closed between uses and take care not to introduce moisture. Check the pack condition and its printed date before preparing a serving.\n\nAny instructions for a prepared mixture also need to come from the label. This page does not give a safe holding time for a mixed drink or recipe. Preparing only what you intend to use according to the directions avoids relying on an invented storage period.\n\nPlan delivery and gifting with care\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, and the item is listed as in stock. A delivery lead time is not given by the maker. If you need casein powder New Zealand delivery by a particular date, check the estimate for your address before ordering.\n\nFor a gift, personal preference matters. Someone who has asked for a thick vanilla powder is easier to buy for than someone whose tastes and dietary needs you do not know. Confirm the exact type they want rather than choosing from the flavour name alone.\n\nThere is no stated gift packaging service in the maker's description. Leave time to receive and check the item if it is intended for an occasion, without assuming a delivery date that has not been confirmed.\n\nUnderstand the return conditions before opening\n\nUnopened packs can be returned within 14 days of delivery if they remain in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Keep that in mind while checking whether the product matches what you ordered.\n\nThis is separate from an issue with faulty or wrongly described goods. Those are put right free of charge. If something seems wrong, contact us with the order details so the problem can be checked.\n\nDo not open the pack simply to investigate a concern about suitability. First review the label and ask any remaining questions. Opening it changes whether it meets the stated unopened-return conditions.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is one 1 kg pack of Vanilla Ice Cream flavoured casein powder, with Australia listed as its country of origin. Its main described feature is a thick, creamy mixed texture, with suggested use in drinks, recipes and snacks.\n\nChoose it on those known details, then check the label for ingredients, allergens, serving size and preparation. A good purchase is one that fits your flavour preference, practical plans and confirmed requirements, without depending on details the maker does not supply.", "llm_summary": "This product is a single 1 kg pack of Vanilla Ice Cream flavoured casein protein powder. The supplied description identifies a thick, creamy mixed consistency and suggests use in drinks, recipes and snacks. Australia is the listed country of origin. The item dimensions are 15 x 15 x 27 cm, and the listed item weight is 1.23 kg. Serving size, full ingredients, allergen statement, mixing quantities and storage conditions are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word on these details. We sell in New Zealand. Unopened packs in original sealed packaging can be returned within 14 days of delivery at the customer's postage cost. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/casein-protein-powder-vanilla-ice-cream-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg", "sku": "mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg", "title": "Mass Gainer Powder Vanilla 2.72 kg", "slug": "mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg", "price": 217.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "casein-and-mass-gainers", "category_label": "Casein And Mass Gainers", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/main-mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg-4.jpg" ], "description_short": "Supplied in a 2.72 kg pack with a blended protein source and eight servings per container, so each scoop stays consistent from the first shake to the last.", "description": "The problem with buying powder you have never tasted\n\nBuying a large tub of flavoured powder online is a small leap of faith. You cannot smell it, you cannot taste a sample, and once the seal is broken you are committed. A 2.27 kg pack is not a trial size. That is why people hesitate, and it is a fair hesitation.\n\nThe way through it is to stop thinking about marketing and start thinking about two practical things. First, will you actually enjoy drinking it eight times? Second, does the label match what you want? Everything else is noise.\n\nThis guide covers what this product is, how a powder like it behaves in a shaker, who it is and is not for, and how to store it so the last scoop is as good as the first. It does not tell you what the product will do for you, because that is not something we claim and not something a product page should be deciding.\n\nWhat you are actually buying\n\nThis is a vanilla mass gainer powder supplied in a 2.27 kg pack. The product details description the flavour as vanilla, the protein source as a blend, and the total servings per container as eight.\n\nThat is the full set of supplied facts. Brand, origin, pack dimensions and shipping weight are not specified by the maker, and we will not fill those gaps with guesses. The nutrition panel, the ingredient list, the allergen declarations and the serving directions are all printed on the pack. That label is the final word. Read it before you use the product, every time, including when you reorder, because formulations and warnings can change between production runs.\n\nWhy vanilla tends to be the sensible choice\n\nFlavour fatigue is real and it is the main reason half-full tubs end up at the back of a cupboard. Strong dessert flavours are great for two weeks and tiring by week four. Vanilla is quieter. It is the flavour most people can drink day after day without thinking much about it.\n\nVanilla is also flexible. A vanilla protein shake powder works in plain water when you want something fast, in milk when you want it richer, and in a blender with fruit, oats or yoghurt when you want something more like a meal in a glass. You are not locked into one way of drinking it. A chocolate or coffee flavour will fight with some of those combinations. Vanilla mostly gets along with everything.\n\nIf you have had a bad experience with a sweeter flavour, it is worth trying a plain one before you decide that powders are not for you. The flavour was often the issue, not the format.\n\nHow to mix it so it is actually pleasant\n\nMost complaints about any weight gainer protein powder come down to texture, not taste. Gainer powders are denser than a plain isolate, so they need a bit more care.\n\nLiquid first, powder second. Pour your water or milk into the shaker, then add the measured scoop, then seal and shake. If you reverse that order the powder packs into the bottom of the bottle and you will be chewing lumps at the end.\n\nUse more liquid than you think. A thick shake is harder to drink and harder to finish, and an unfinished shake is wasted powder. Start on the generous side of the directions on the pack and adjust from there.\n\nGive it a rest. Shake it, wait half a minute, shake it again. That second shake catches anything that settled and makes the drink noticeably smoother.\n\nIf you have a blender, use it for one of your serves and see whether you prefer the result. A smooth mixing gainer powder in a blender with ice and half a banana is a different drink to the same powder in a shaker at room temperature.\n\nWho this is suitable for, and who it is not\n\nSports foods are not suitable for children under 15. They are also not suitable for pregnant women. That is the maker's warning and we state it plainly rather than burying it.\n\nThey are also intended to be used with a balanced and varied diet. The point of a sports food is that it sits alongside your normal meals. It is not a meal replacement and should not be treated as one.\n\nIf you have a medical condition, are taking medication, or have any doubt at all about whether a sports food suits your circumstances, speak with a qualified health professional before buying. We are a retailer. We can tell you the pack size and the flavour. We cannot and will not tell you what is right for your body.\n\nReading the label properly\n\nIt is worth spending two minutes with the pack when it arrives, before you open it.\n\nLook at the ingredient list first and check nothing on it is a problem for you. Then read the allergen statement, including any \"may contain\" notes, which matter a great deal if you have an allergy in the house. Then check the scoop size and the number of scoops per serve, because that is what makes the eight serving figure meaningful. Finally, check the best before date and any guidance about using the pack within a certain time after opening.\n\nDo this even if you have bought a similar product before. Labels change.\n\nStoring a big tub so it stays usable\n\nA 2.27 kg pack sits on a shelf for a while, so storage matters more than it would with a small sachet.\n\nKeep it in a cool, dry cupboard. Direct sunlight and heat near a stovetop or a window will not do the powder any favours. Close the lid properly after every scoop rather than resting it on top. Use a dry scoop and never a damp one, and keep the scoop inside the tub rather than in a drawer where it can pick up moisture.\n\nDo not refrigerate it. Taking a cold tub out into a warm kitchen draws condensation into the powder, and condensation is what turns a free flowing large tub gainer powder into a solid brick. A stable pantry shelf beats a fridge every time.\n\nIf the powder clumps lightly in humid weather, that is normal and the scoop will break it up. If it is hard set, smells wrong, or looks different to how it did when you opened it, stop using it and contact us.\n\nGetting it delivered, and what happens if it is wrong\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Delivery is NZ only for this item. You will receive tracking so you can see where the parcel is.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery, on unopened and sealed packs only. That restriction applies to all food products and is not negotiable, because once a seal is broken we cannot resell or verify the contents. If the pack arrives damaged or the product is faulty, that is a different situation entirely and it is put right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. Photograph the pack and the outer carton, send them to us, and we will handle it.\n\nNo warranty is sold with this product. Your consumer law rights are unaffected by that.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a vanilla flavoured powdered sports food in a 2.27 kg pack. The protein source is listed as a blend and the container holds eight servings. Vanilla is the easy flavour to live with, and it works in water, in milk, or blended with fruit and oats.\n\nMix liquid first, use a bit more liquid than feels necessary, and shake twice. Store it dry, sealed, and out of the sun. Read the pack label for ingredients, allergens and directions, because that label is the final word and not this page.\n\nIt is not for children under 15 and not for pregnant women, and it is meant to be used alongside a balanced diet rather than in place of meals. If you are unsure, ask a qualified health professional first. And if it turns out not to be the right product for you, message us while the pack is still sealed and we will help you sort it out.", "llm_summary": "Mass Gainer Powder Vanilla 2.72 kg is a powdered sports food supplied in a single 2.72 kg pack. The listed flavour is vanilla, the protein source is described as a blend, and the total servings per container is eight. Brand, GTIN, MPN, country of origin, pack dimensions and shipping weight are not specified by the maker. No nutrition panel figures, certifications or test results are supplied, and no health, performance or wellbeing claims are made. The label printed on the pack is the final word on ingredients, allergens and serving directions and should be read before use. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. NZ delivery is by tracked courier.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/mass-gainer-powder-vanilla-2-27-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg", "sku": "micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg", "title": "Micellar Casein Protein Unflavoured 1 kg", "slug": "micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg", "price": 157.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "casein-and-mass-gainers", "category_label": "Casein And Mass Gainers", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "1.03 kg", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg/main-micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/casein-and-mass-gainers/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 1 kg pouch of micellar casein powder with printed directions for mixing into drinks and using in baking or desserts.", "description": "When you want to choose the flavour yourself\n\nA flavoured powder can limit what you make with it. If you want to choose the other ingredients in a drink or recipe, an unflavoured option is worth considering. The key is to look past the product name and check what is actually in the pouch.\n\nThis product is micellar casein powder, supplied in a single 1 kg pouch. Its listed ingredient is 100% Milk Protein Isolate (Micellar Casein). The flavour listed as unflavoured, and the listed age range is adult.\n\nThose details give you a useful starting point. They do not tell you exactly how the finished drink will taste, how a cake will turn out or whether the powder meets every dietary need. For those questions, the pack label and a suitable recipe matter more than a broad product description.\n\nStart with the ingredient declaration\n\nWhen comparing unflavoured protein powder, read the ingredient declaration before choosing a pack size or planning recipes. Here, the supplied declaration is short, but it contains an important detail. This is a milk ingredient.\n\nDo not treat plain casein powder as a dairy-free option. A full allergen statement is not included by the maker, and neither is a lactose-free declaration. If either point affects your purchase, check the actual label before using the powder.\n\nThe same care applies to other dietary claims. Organic and gluten-free certifications are not specified by the maker. A short ingredient list does not establish those claims on its own.\n\nThis is also why it helps to keep the pouch after opening. You will want the printed ingredient information, directions and date marking available each time you need to check them.\n\nHow the printed mixing directions work\n\nThe supplied micellar casein mixing directions use 30 g of powder with 150 mL of liquid. The household measure given alongside the weight is 3 heaped tablespoons. The named methods are mixing, shaking or blending.\n\nWater and milk are both listed liquid options. The directions also allow your favourite beverage. That gives you a choice of starting liquid without requiring a particular appliance.\n\nIf you have kitchen scales, the gram measure offers a clear way to follow the stated quantity. A heaped tablespoon can be filled differently from one person to another. An included scoop is not confirmed, so do not plan your preparation around receiving one.\n\nUse the delivered label as your final reference. If the wording on the pack differs from the maker's description, check it before preparing a serving rather than relying on a remembered measure.\n\nChoosing a liquid for your drink\n\nUsing casein powder with water keeps the liquid choice simple. Using casein powder with milk is another option named in the directions. Your choice should reflect the recipe you want to make and the ingredients you normally use.\n\nThe maker does not describe the finished thickness, smoothness or flavour with either liquid. It also does not state a mixing time. Avoid buying on the assumption that a particular method will produce an exact result.\n\nFor your first preparation, start with the printed directions instead of changing several things at once. That lets you judge the result before deciding whether the powder fits the drinks you like to make.\n\nUnflavoured does not mean guaranteed tasteless. The product may still affect the character of a drink, so it is sensible to try it before preparing a larger batch.\n\nUsing the powder in smoothies\n\nSmoothies are one of the uses named in the maker's details. If you are choosing casein powder for smoothies, think about the whole recipe rather than just the powder.\n\nThe maker does not give a smoothie formula, a fruit quantity or a finished serving volume. Use a recipe intended for this type of ingredient and check it against the pouch directions.\n\nA small first batch is a practical way to assess the result. You can see whether the flavour and consistency suit your preferences without committing the ingredients for several portions.\n\nKeep track of what you used if you want to repeat the recipe. Recording the powder weight and liquid amount is more useful than relying on an estimated spoonful next time.\n\nBaking and desserts need their own recipes\n\nThe maker's details also names baking and desserts as uses. That makes the powder an option to consider for those recipes, but it does not make it a direct substitute for flour or any other ingredient.\n\nNo replacement ratios, oven temperatures or cooking times are supplied. If you are looking for casein powder for baking, choose a recipe written for casein rather than adding it to an existing recipe at random.\n\nThe same approach applies to casein powder for desserts. The maker does not promise a set texture or explain how the powder behaves in a particular dessert. Let the recipe guide the quantities and method.\n\nStart with a modest batch when trying something new. This is especially useful if you are serving other people, because you can check the result and confirm that every ingredient is suitable before making more.\n\nWho this pouch may suit\n\nThis is an adult casein powder for someone who wants an unflavoured format and is comfortable choosing a milk-based ingredient. It may be a practical choice if your planned uses include drinks, smoothies, baking or desserts.\n\nIt is less suitable as a blind purchase for someone else. A recipient may have a specific flavour preference, avoid milk or use a different type of powder in their recipes.\n\nIf buying it as a gift, ask about the exact ingredient they want. Matching the general word “protein” is not enough to establish that two products are interchangeable.\n\nThe maker does not provide instructions for children. It also does not provide personalised dietary advice. Keep your decision tied to the printed product information and your own ingredient requirements.\n\nUnderstand the pack size and measurements\n\nThe 1 kg casein pouch contains 1000 g of powder. The recorded item weight is 1.03 kg. These figures describe different things, so use the net contents when comparing the amount of product offered.\n\nThe recorded dimensions are 21 x 11 x 25.5 cm. These can help you judge cupboard space, though you should also leave enough room to remove and handle the pouch easily.\n\nOne pouch is supplied. A scoop and a resealable closure are not confirmed by the maker. If either feature matters to you, check before ordering rather than assuming it is included.\n\nCountry of origin listed as Australia. The delivered packaging is the place to confirm the current origin statement alongside the rest of the product details.\n\nCompare the information that matters\n\nWhen comparing milk protein isolate powder, begin with the ingredient declaration, flavour and net quantity. Then check the preparation directions and whether the intended uses match your recipes.\n\nA larger pouch is only useful if it suits what you plan to make. Consider how often you expect to use it, where you will store it and whether you have already tried this type of ingredient.\n\nDo not fill gaps in the maker's description with assumptions. The complete nutrition panel, shelf-life period and full allergen wording are not given by the maker by the maker. Check the pack for those details.\n\nThe most useful comparison is one based on confirmed information. A plain flavour description is helpful, but it does not replace the rest of the label.\n\nCare for the pouch between uses\n\nFor casein pouch storage, follow the conditions printed on the delivered pack. The maker does not give a specific storage temperature or a period for use after opening.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils and keep moisture out of the powder. Close the pouch between uses, following the closure method provided by the packaging.\n\nBefore first use, check the seal, label and date marking. Keep the label readable so you can refer to the directions rather than guessing later.\n\nAvoid transferring the powder into an unlabelled container. If you use another container, retain the original product information and date details so they remain available.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before opening\n\nA confirmed New Zealand delivery time is not provided by the maker. Check the estimate shown when ordering, especially if you need the pouch for a particular date.\n\nWhen it arrives, confirm that it is the product you ordered before opening it. Check the flavour, pack size and ingredient declaration while the original seal is still intact.\n\nReturns are accepted within 14 days from delivery when the pack is unopened and in its original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If something is wrong, contact us with your order details and explain the issue. Do not assume that opening the pack to investigate is needed before asking for help.\n\nThe short version\n\nChoose this pouch if you want 1 kg of unflavoured micellar casein with a listed milk protein isolate ingredient. The supplied directions use 30 g with 150 mL of water, milk or a preferred beverage, mixed, shaken or blended.\n\nSmoothies, baking and desserts are listed uses, but exact recipes are not given by the maker. Check the delivered label for the full allergen statement, current directions, storage advice and date marking. Those checks will tell you more about whether it fits your plans than the product name alone.", "llm_summary": "This product is an unflavoured micellar casein powder supplied in one 1 kg pouch for adults. The ingredient declaration is 100% Milk Protein Isolate (Micellar Casein), so milk is an ingredient. Supplied directions specify 30 g, described as 3 heaped tablespoons, mixed, shaken or blended with 150 mL of water, milk or a preferred beverage. Listed uses include smoothies, baking and desserts. Country of origin is Australia. Recorded dimensions are 21 x 11 x 25.5 cm, and item weight is 1.03 kg. A separate full allergen statement, included scoop, storage conditions and shelf life are not specified by the maker. The delivered pack label is the final reference for directions and warnings.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/micellar-casein-protein-unflavoured-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g", "sku": "collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g", "title": "Chocolate Collagen Peptide Powder 420 g", "slug": "collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g", "price": 103.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "collagen", "category_label": "Collagen", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "420 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/main-collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 420 g canister of Chocolate Fudge powder offers 12 listed servings for drinks, oats and recipes.", "description": "Start with the ingredients, not the promises\n\nChoosing a chocolate collagen powder can be harder than it looks. Similar names can hide very different blends, and a large serving weight does not tell you how much collagen or protein is inside. The useful first step is to read what the product actually contains.\n\nThis powder comes in a 420 g canister with Chocolate Fudge flavour. It is listed for adults and contains 12 servings. Its directions include familiar foods and drinks, so you can judge whether the format fits what you already make.\n\nThis guide focuses on those practical details. It does not promise changes to your body or health. For ingredients, preparation and any warnings, the current pack label is the final word.\n\nUnderstand what kind of powder you are buying\n\nThis is a blended collagen peptide powder, not a single-ingredient product. Collagen peptides appear in the ingredient list alongside whey powder, milk protein concentrate, whole milk powder and whey protein concentrate.\n\nThe rest of the list includes cocoa powder, chocolate and vanilla flavour, and monk fruit extract. Those details matter when comparing it with an unflavoured powder or a product that contains collagen alone.\n\nIf you want collagen powder with whey, this ingredient list gives you a clear starting point. If you want to avoid milk-based ingredients, it rules this product out. Product names are helpful for finding options, but the full ingredient list is what helps you choose between them.\n\nThe collagen source is not specified by the maker. Do not assume a particular animal source or type from the product name.\n\nMake sense of the serving size\n\nThe stated serving is 35 g, described as about 2 heaped tablespoons. The canister contains 420 g and lists 12 servings.\n\nThat 35 g is the weight of the whole blend. It is not a statement that each serving contains 35 g of collagen, or 35 g of protein. Neither the collagen quantity nor the protein grams per serving is supplied here.\n\nThis distinction is worth checking whenever you compare powders. Two products can have the same pack weight while offering different serving sizes and ingredient amounts.\n\nThe tablespoon measure is described as approximate. If you want to measure the listed weight, use a suitable kitchen scale and follow the current label. A scoop is not specified, so there is no reason to assume one comes inside the canister.\n\nDecide whether chocolate suits your usual recipes\n\nChocolate Fudge is the listed flavour. That makes this a different choice from a plain powder intended to leave a recipe's flavour unchanged.\n\nThink about the foods and drinks you already enjoy. A chocolate addition may fit your usual shake or oats, while it may not suit every coffee or baking recipe. Buying a flavour you can picture using is more practical than planning a whole new routine around it.\n\nCocoa powder and chocolate and vanilla flavour are listed ingredients. The maker does not give a sweetness scale or a detailed taste description. It also does not provide a guarantee about texture in every liquid.\n\nFor chocolate fudge collagen, choose on the stated flavour rather than expecting it to taste exactly like a favourite dessert.\n\nCheck the allergen statement carefully\n\nThe supplied allergen statement says this product contains soy and dairy. That is a key buying detail, not a small footnote.\n\nMilk and whey ingredients are named in the formula. This is therefore not a dairy-free option. It is also not suitable for someone who needs to avoid soy.\n\nThe product details list gluten-free and sugar-free features. Those labels do not cancel the soy and dairy warning, and they do not tell you everything about the formula. Check the current pack if you have a dietary restriction.\n\nWhen more than one person uses the same kitchen, keep the label available. Someone else should be able to check the ingredients without relying on your memory or a shortened product name.\n\nUsing it in coffee and other drinks\n\nThe supplied directions include coffee, smoothies and shakes. The description also mentions milk and water as mixing options.\n\nIf you are looking for collagen powder for coffee, the important limit is that the maker's description does not give a liquid quantity, mixing temperature or detailed method. Follow the pack rather than making up a ratio from another product.\n\nThe same applies to smoothies. A listed use tells you where the powder can fit, but it does not provide a tested recipe for every combination. Your other ingredients will also affect the finished drink's flavour and texture.\n\nDo not assume that a larger drink calls for more powder. The stated serving guidance still matters, regardless of the size of your cup or blender jug.\n\nAdding it to oats or baking\n\nOats and baking recipes are included in the directions. These uses may appeal if you prefer to include a powder in food rather than prepare a separate drink.\n\nFor collagen powder for oats, start with the pack directions and your usual recipe. The maker does not provide an amount of oats, liquid or cooking time.\n\nFor baking, avoid treating the powder as a direct replacement for flour or another ingredient. No replacement ratio or tested baking method is given here. A powder blend containing milk ingredients and flavour is not automatically interchangeable with a plain recipe ingredient.\n\nKeep expectations simple. The maker's description supports adding it to a baking recipe, but it does not promise a particular rise, crumb or finished texture. Look for clear recipe guidance before making a large batch.\n\nCompare packs using the same information\n\nA 420 g collagen powder canister gives you a known pack weight and a listed serving count. Those are useful points for comparing purchase size, but they are only part of the picture.\n\nCompare ingredient lists as well as prices. A blended product and a single-ingredient powder may look similar in a search result while being quite different in the cupboard.\n\nWhere available, compare nutrition panels on the same basis. The maker does not supply calories, protein grams or collagen quantity per serving. If those figures matter to your decision, get them from the pack before ordering.\n\nAvoid filling those gaps with assumptions. Neither the word “protein” nor the size of the serving supplies the missing nutrition information.\n\nWork out whether the format fits your routine\n\nThis adult collagen powder is supplied as one canister, not individual sachets. The listed dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 16.8 cm, which gives you a useful check against your available storage space.\n\nThe 12-serving count can help you plan purchases. It does not establish how often you should use the product. A clear frequency limit is not provided by the maker, so follow the label rather than treating the serving count as a schedule.\n\nConsider how you normally prepare food, too. If you already make smoothies or oats, those listed uses may fit your habits. If you rarely use powders, read the directions first and decide whether the measuring and preparation suit you.\n\nThere is no need to build a complicated routine around a purchase.\n\nStore it with the label intact\n\nUse the storage instructions and date markings printed on the pack. The maker does not give a storage temperature, shelf life or a period for use after opening.\n\nAs a general handling step, keep the canister closed between uses. Use clean, dry utensils and avoid letting moisture enter the powder.\n\nKeeping the original label also keeps the ingredient list, allergen statement and directions close at hand. That is especially useful if someone else in your household may prepare a serving.\n\nBefore first use, read the label rather than relying only on the online description. If the pack raises a question about suitability or directions, ask for clarification before consuming it.\n\nBuying for someone else\n\nA flavoured collagen powder is a personal choice. Before giving it as a gift, check that the recipient wants this type of product and likes chocolate flavour.\n\nDietary needs come first. The recipient needs to know that it contains soy and dairy, and that the collagen source is not specified by the maker. Do not assume suitability based on the gluten-free or sugar-free description alone.\n\nKeeping the pack sealed also preserves the option of an eligible change-of-mind return. For this store, returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before ordering\n\nA delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the delivery details for your New Zealand address before placing an order, especially if you need the pack by a particular date.\n\nRead the return terms before opening it. The stated change-of-mind policy covers unopened packs in their original sealed packaging within 14 days of delivery.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If there is a problem with what arrives, contact us so the right next step can be confirmed. Do not confuse that process with returning an unwanted but correctly supplied pack.\n\nThe short version\n\nChoose this powder if the stated Chocolate Fudge flavour, blended ingredients and canister format fit what you want. It contains 420 g, with 12 listed servings of 35 g, and the directions include drinks, oats and baking recipes.\n\nThe main checks are straightforward. It contains soy and dairy. Collagen source, collagen quantity and nutrition values are not specified by the maker. Read the current pack label for those details and the final directions before use.", "llm_summary": "This adult collagen peptide protein powder has Chocolate Fudge flavour and comes in one 420 g canister. It lists 12 servings, with a serving size of 35 g, described as about 2 heaped tablespoons. Ingredients are collagen peptides, whey powder, milk protein concentrate, whole milk powder, whey protein concentrate, cocoa powder, chocolate and vanilla flavour, and monk fruit extract. It contains soy and dairy. The maker's details list gluten-free and sugar-free features. Directions include adding it to coffee, smoothies, shakes, baking recipes or oats. Dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 16.8 cm. Collagen source, collagen quantity per serving, nutrition values and country of origin are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final reference.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/collagen-peptide-protein-powder-chocolate-420-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g", "sku": "collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g", "title": "Collagen Peptides Passionfruit Mango 560 g", "slug": "collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g", "price": 204.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "collagen", "category_label": "Collagen", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "560 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/main-collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A passionfruit mango powder in a canister, listed with 28 serves and a 560 g item weight.", "description": "Start with flavour, format and a clear label\n\nChoosing a flavoured powder can be harder than it first looks. Similar product names may hide different pack sizes, serving measures and ingredient lists. A flavour you like is a useful starting point, but it should not be the only thing you check.\n\nCollagen Peptides Passionfruit Mango 560 g is listed as an adult powder supplement in a canister. Its stated flavour is passionfruit mango, and the maker's description names collagen, vitamin C and biotin. Those are the basic details to use when deciding whether to look more closely.\n\nThere are also gaps and conflicting entries in the maker's details. This guide sets those out so you can make a choice without guessing. For ingredients, allergens and directions, the current pack label is the final word.\n\nDecide whether a tropical flavour is what you want\n\nThis is a flavoured collagen powder, not a product described as plain or neutral. Passionfruit mango is its named flavour. That makes flavour preference an important part of the buying decision.\n\nIf you are choosing between passionfruit collagen powder and mango collagen powder, this product combines those flavour names in one option. The maker does not say which is more noticeable. It also does not give a sweetness level or a full list of flavouring ingredients.\n\nDo not assume the name tells you how it will taste in every drink. Water, juice and a smoothie are different starting points. If sweetness, sweeteners or flavour ingredients matter to you, request the full label before ordering rather than relying on the tropical name alone.\n\nUnderstand the powder and canister format\n\nThe item form and dosage form are both listed as powder. The container type is a canister, and the maker describes one item. It is not presented as a ready-to-drink product.\n\nA collagen powder canister requires a clear measuring method. Before preparing a drink, find the serving measure on the packaging and check how it should be mixed. The maker does not confirm whether a scoop is included or give a verified canister scoop size.\n\nThere is a useful distinction between an ingredient quantity and a serving measure. A stated amount of collagen does not necessarily tell you how much total powder to measure. Other named ingredients are part of the formula, so use the printed directions rather than trying to work out a portion yourself.\n\nCheck the pack-size discrepancy before comparing value\n\nThe product title states 560 g, and the item-weight field also states 560 g. However, a separate unit-count field states 280 gram. The maker's details does not explain this difference.\n\nThat matters if you are comparing this item with another tropical collagen powder by weight. It also matters when planning how much space to set aside or deciding how often you might need to reorder. Ask for confirmation of the net contents if this affects your purchase.\n\nDo not silently treat the 280 gram entry as a typo, or assume the 560 g weight is confirmed net powder weight. The maker does not support either conclusion. Keeping both figures visible is more useful than offering a tidy but uncertain answer.\n\nRead the serving count separately\n\nThe maker describes 28 serves. That is worth checking, but it should be read alongside the actual serving directions and net contents on the pack.\n\nWhen comparing a 28 serve collagen powder with another product, first check that both serving counts refer to clear measures. A serving count by itself does not show whether two powders have matching portions or formulas.\n\nThe supplied description mentions 15 g of collagen per serve. It does not provide a verified canister measuring instruction to pair with that figure. Avoid dividing either of the listed pack weights by 28 to create your own dose. The pack label should settle the serving size, ingredient amounts and number of portions.\n\nLook beyond the ingredient highlights\n\nCollagen, vitamin C and biotin are named in the maker's details. The description also mentions hyaluronic acid, while another specification field lists calcium, vitamin C, vitamin K and fluoride under primary supplement type.\n\nThese entries are not a substitute for a complete ingredient panel. They do not establish the full formula, all ingredient quantities or every substance used for flavour and preparation. The current packaging is the right place to check those details.\n\nIf you are specifically shopping for collagen powder with vitamin C or collagen powder with biotin, confirm that the pack matches your expectations before opening it. A short product highlight is useful for finding an option, but the full label is what you need for a careful comparison.\n\nTreat dietary labels as details to verify\n\nThe listed diet types are Gluten Free and Halal. No supporting certification details or complete allergen statement are included in the maker's description.\n\nThat does not mean you should fill the gaps with assumptions. If either dietary description is essential to your purchase, ask to see the relevant information on the current pack. Check any ingredient and cross-contact wording as well.\n\nThe maker's description also does not establish vegetarian or vegan suitability from a complete label. Nor does it provide a verified collagen animal source. An adult collagen powder should be chosen with those questions answered if they affect the person who will use it. Flavour and country of origin cannot answer them.\n\nFollow the pack when preparing a drink\n\nThe supplied preparation description mentions hot or cold water, fruit juice and smoothies. It refers to adding one sachet to 400 ml of liquid, even though this item is listed as a canister.\n\nThat mismatch is important. A sachet is a pre-portioned format, while the maker's description does not give a confirmed canister portion. Do not turn “one sachet” into “one scoop” or assume any spoonful is equivalent.\n\nRead the directions on the canister before measuring. Confirm the powder quantity, liquid amount and mixing method together. If the packaging does not make those steps clear, ask for clarification before use. There is no need to guess just because a general mixing suggestion appears in the description.\n\nChoose based on the details that matter to you\n\nThis product is worth considering if you are looking for passionfruit mango collagen in powder form and prefer a canister. Its listed age range is adult.\n\nBeyond that, the choice depends on your own requirements. You may care most about flavour, or need a full allergen statement before considering any powder. Someone else may need confirmed net contents to compare prices fairly.\n\nThe best collagen powder for your shopping list is one whose details you can check against that list. Do not let a flavour name stand in for ingredient information. If a missing detail could change your decision, resolve it before paying rather than hoping the pack will answer it after arrival.\n\nPlan storage and check the pack on arrival\n\nThe listed dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 18.5 cm. These figures can help you judge shelf space, though they do not resolve the conflicting weight entries.\n\nWhen the item arrives, check the product name, flavour, seal and printed date. Read the storage instructions before putting it away. Keep the container closed between uses and use clean, dry utensils when measuring.\n\nA storage temperature and shelf-life period are not specified by the maker. Follow the packaging rather than applying instructions from a different powder. If the pack looks damaged or does not match what you ordered, contact us before opening or using it.\n\nBuying in New Zealand or choosing a gift\n\nIf you are shopping for collagen powder New Zealand delivery, check the current delivery information before ordering. A handling time and shipping lead time are not given by the maker by the maker, so there is no confirmed arrival estimate in the maker's description.\n\nFor gifting, a requested flavour is a better guide than a guess. Check that the recipient wants an adult powder supplement and can review its ingredients. Do not assume a tropical flavour means the formula suits their dietary needs.\n\nKeep the packaging sealed until the recipient has had a chance to check it. That also helps preserve the option of a change-of-mind return under the stated policy.\n\nKnow the return terms before opening\n\nFor New Zealand purchases, change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery. Packs must be unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nIf the flavour, format or label details are not what you wanted, check those return conditions before breaking the seal. Opening the pack to try it would not meet the stated unopened-pack requirement.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are treated separately and are put right free of charge. Contact us with your order details and explain the problem. A discrepancy should be raised rather than worked around.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a passionfruit mango powder listed for adults, supplied in a canister and described as 28 serves. Collagen, vitamin C and biotin are named in the information.\n\nBefore choosing it, confirm the net contents because the maker contains both 560 g and 280 gram entries. Check the full ingredients, allergen statement and canister directions too. Choose it for the flavour and format you want, with the current pack label guiding preparation and use.", "llm_summary": "Collagen Peptides Passionfruit Mango 560 g is an adult powder supplement listed in a canister, with passionfruit mango flavour and Australian origin. The maker's description names collagen, vitamin C and biotin, and describes 28 serves. Item dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 18.5 cm. The title and item weight state 560 g, but the separate unit-count entry states 280 gram. Confirm net contents and serving directions on the pack label. A complete ingredient panel, allergen statement and canister serving measure are not specified by the maker. Gluten Free and Halal are listed diet types, not verified certifications. New Zealand change-of-mind returns require unopened, originally sealed packs within 14 days of delivery, with customer-paid postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/collagen-peptides-passionfruit-mango-560-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg", "sku": "collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg", "title": "Collagen Powder Unflavoured 1 kg", "slug": "collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg", "price": 126.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "collagen", "category_label": "Collagen", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg/main-collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A powder format and unflavoured profile let you choose your drink without choosing an added flavour.", "description": "A large pack of powder can look like a simple purchase until you start checking the details. Flavour, serving directions, ingredients and storage all matter. A 1 kg pack also deserves a little more thought than a small trial purchase, especially if you have not used that exact product before.\n\nThis unflavoured collagen powder is listed in powder form, with a 1 kg pack size and 100 servings per container. Australia is the stated country of origin. Those details give you a starting point for comparison, but they do not replace the information on the actual pack.\n\nThis guide focuses on what is listed, what is not given by the maker and what to check before opening. It makes no health or performance promises.\n\nStart with the pack size\n\nThe main buying choice here is quantity. A 1 kg pack is a bulk option, so think about whether you want that much of this particular product. A larger quantity is only useful if the ingredients, directions and flavour format match what you intended to buy.\n\nCheck where you will keep the pack, too. The package dimensions are not given by the maker, so do not assume it will fit a narrow shelf or a container you already own. Keep enough room to read the label and handle the pack without spilling powder.\n\nThe advertised 1 kg size describes the product quantity. It is not a shipping weight. A separate shipping weight is not specified by the maker, and it should not be guessed from the pack size.\n\nWhat unflavoured means for this choice\n\nAn unflavoured collagen powder may appeal if you do not want to commit to a flavoured version. This product describes the powder as tasteless and odourless, and says it mixes without affecting the flavour of a beverage.\n\nThat is a description of the product, not a promise about every drink you might make. Temperature, the drink itself and your own taste preferences can shape how you experience a mixture. Follow the pack directions when preparing it.\n\nAlso, unflavoured is not an ingredient list. It does not confirm the absence of allergens, sweeteners or other ingredients. If any of those details matter to your purchase, read the full label rather than treating a flavour description as dietary advice.\n\nHow the powder is described as mixing\n\nThe maker describes this collagen powder for drinks as easy to dissolve in both hot and cold beverages. That gives you two broad preparation options, but the maker does not supply a full mixing method.\n\nBefore use, find the directions on the pack. Check the amount, any measuring instructions and the preparation steps. Do not copy a serving method from another powder just because the two products look similar.\n\nA scoop is not confirmed by the maker. If one is present, still check how the label tells you to use it. If one is not present, follow the stated measuring method rather than choosing a kitchen spoon and assuming it gives the right amount.\n\nRead the serving information carefully\n\nThe product details list 100 servings per container. This is useful when comparing packs, but a serving amount is not given by the maker by the maker. The listed count does not tell you how often to use the product or how much to put into a drink.\n\nAvoid turning pack arithmetic into serving advice. Dividing the total quantity by the listed number of servings is not a substitute for the maker's directions. The label may contain information that is not reproduced in the maker's description.\n\nWhen your pack arrives, compare its directions with what you expected before opening it. If anything is unclear, pause and ask for clarification. It is better to settle a question while the pack is still sealed than after you have started using it.\n\nCheck ingredients and allergens first\n\nThe complete collagen powder ingredients are not included by the maker. Neither is an allergen statement. That means this page cannot confirm suitability for a particular allergy, intolerance or dietary preference.\n\nThe label on the pack is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions and should be read before use. This check matters even if you have bought another unflavoured powder before. Similar product names do not establish that two ingredient lists are the same.\n\nDo not assume that plain collagen powder is gluten free, dairy free or suitable for a vegan diet. Those details are not confirmed by the maker. If you need to avoid an ingredient or source, get clear information before opening or consuming the product.\n\nSeparate search terms from verified details\n\nProduct headings can contain terms that need further checking. The product name includes grass fed collagen powder and bulk collagen peptides 1 kg. The maker does not include supporting grass-fed sourcing information or a detailed peptide specification.\n\nIf either description is central to your decision, check the pack information before relying on it. A phrase in a heading is not a replacement for the detail you need to make a dietary or sourcing choice.\n\nAustralia is listed as the country of origin. That is the origin information available here. It does not provide a full account of ingredient sourcing or processing, so avoid reading more into it than the maker states.\n\nDecide whether it suits the intended user\n\nChoosing this product should begin with its label and the needs of the person who would use it. A familiar product category does not establish suitability for every age, life stage or diet.\n\nSuitability for children or pregnant women is not confirmed by the maker. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. Read the pack classification, directions and warnings before use.\n\nThe maker gives no meal replacement directions. Do not treat the powder as a replacement for meals. If you have a question about personal suitability that the label cannot answer, ask a qualified health professional rather than relying on a product heading.\n\nCompare like with like\n\nWhen comparing collagen powder NZ description, begin with concrete details. Look at the pack quantity, flavour description, item form and the number of listed servings. Then check how much ingredient and direction information is available.\n\nA price comparison is easier to judge when the products you are comparing meet the same needs. A lower price does not resolve an unclear allergen statement, and a larger pack is not automatically the right choice for someone buying for the first time.\n\nKeep unknown details separate from confirmed ones. The maker gives a 1 kg size, powder form, an unflavoured description, 100 listed servings and Australian origin. It does not give a complete ingredient panel, nutrition panel, serving amount or detailed storage instructions.\n\nHandle and store the pack with care\n\nFollow the collagen powder storage instructions printed on the pack. The maker does not give a storage temperature or a period for use after opening, so those details should not be invented.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils and keep moisture out of the powder during handling. Check the printed date and the seal before use. These basic checks should sit alongside the product's own instructions, not replace them.\n\nKeep the original label available if you move the pack within your cupboard. You may need to refer back to ingredients, directions or the printed date. There is no need to rely on memory when the pack can provide the relevant information.\n\nPlan for delivery within New Zealand\n\nDelivery is NZ only. We dispatch within 2 working days, and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Allow for both stages when deciding when to order.\n\nThe dispatch period and delivery period are separate. Dispatch is when the order is sent, not when it arrives at your address. Tracking lets you follow the courier journey, but it does not remove the stated delivery allowance.\n\nIf you are buying for a particular occasion, leave enough time to receive and check the pack. For a gift, first confirm that the recipient wants this exact product. A large food purchase is not an ideal surprise when dietary details still need checking.\n\nKeep return options in mind before opening\n\nRead the pack before breaking the seal. Change of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs only. Opening the pack changes whether it meets those change of mind conditions.\n\nIf you spot a difference between what you expected and what the label says, keep the pack sealed while you seek help. This is especially important when the question concerns ingredients, allergens or directions.\n\nFaulty or damaged items are put right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. That is separate from simply deciding you no longer want the product. No warranty is sold with this product.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 1 kg pack of unflavoured collagen powder, with 100 servings listed and Australia listed as the country of origin. The maker describes mixing into hot or cold beverages.\n\nChoose it on those practical details, then read the pack before use. Ingredients, allergens, directions and storage information deserve the final check, especially when buying a bulk quantity.", "llm_summary": "This product is an unflavoured collagen powder in a 1 kg pack. The maker lists powder as the item form, 100 servings per container and Australia as the country of origin. The maker describes it as tasteless, odourless and easy to mix into hot or cold beverages. The complete ingredients, allergens, serving amount and detailed storage instructions are not specified by the maker. Read the pack label before use because it is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions. Delivery is NZ only, with dispatch within 2 working days and up to 7 working days in transit by tracked courier. Change of mind returns require unopened, sealed packs within 14 days of delivery.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/collagen-powder-unflavoured-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g", "sku": "hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g", "title": "Hydrolysed Marine Collagen Peptides Unflavoured 200 g", "slug": "hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g", "price": 135.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "collagen", "category_label": "Collagen", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "200 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/main-hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/collagen/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g-5.jpg" ], "description_short": "The adult powder format offers an unflavoured option, with serving and preparation directions provided on the pack label.", "description": "Choosing a collagen powder can be harder than it first looks. Product names tell you some things, but they rarely answer every question about ingredients, serving size or preparation. If you want an unflavoured powder, the useful starting point is knowing what is confirmed and what still needs a label check.\n\nThis product is hydrolysed marine collagen peptides in a single 200 g pack. It is listed as an adult powder with an unflavoured description. Those are the main facts to use when deciding whether it belongs on your shortlist.\n\nThis guide focuses on that choice. It does not promise health or appearance results, and it does not fill in missing serving instructions. The aim is to help you buy the format you want without mistaking a product name for a complete label.\n\nStart with the format you actually want\n\nSome buyers look for a powder rather than a tablet or capsule. This product meets that basic preference. It is supplied in powder form, with directions that refer you to the pack label.\n\nThat matters because a powder still needs clear measuring instructions. The maker does not say how much to use, how often to use it or what to prepare it with. Do not borrow those details from another collagen product, even if the names look alike.\n\nIf you are comparing adult collagen powder options, put preparation instructions near the top of your checklist. A format only works for your routine when you understand the directions and are willing to follow them.\n\nWhat the name tells you\n\nThe name identifies the product as hydrolysed marine collagen peptides. It also states the flavour and the 200 g pack weight. These details help distinguish it from other products, but they do not provide a full ingredient panel.\n\nThe word hydrolysed should not be used to guess how the powder will behave in a drink. Mixing speed, texture and temperature suitability are not described in the maker's description. Look for the printed instructions before making a preparation plan.\n\nThe marine description also leaves some questions open. No source species is identified here. If a particular source matters to you, ask for that information before ordering rather than making an assumption from the name.\n\nUnflavoured is a flavour choice, not a taste guarantee\n\nUnflavoured marine collagen may appeal if you do not want a product sold with a named flavour. This pack is listed as unflavoured, which is the relevant fact for that comparison.\n\nIt does not follow that the powder has no taste or smell. The maker contains no sensory testing or detailed taste description. It also does not establish how the powder will affect any food or drink.\n\nKeep that distinction in mind when comparing unflavoured collagen peptides with flavoured options. Choose based on the stated format, then check the directions. There is no need to rely on promises about taste that the available information cannot support.\n\nUnderstand the 200 g pack size\n\nThe stated pack weight is 200 g, and the number of items is one. This gives you a useful basis for comparing the amount supplied. It does not tell you how many days the pack will last.\n\nTo work that out, you would need the confirmed serving size and directions. Neither is provided here. A guessed serving amount could make one pack look better value than another when the comparison is not sound.\n\nWhen considering a marine collagen powder 200 g pack, separate pack weight from serving information. Both matter, but they answer different questions. One tells you the quantity being sold. The other tells you how the maker directs you to use it.\n\nRead the ingredient panel before deciding\n\nCollagen is the ingredient named in the maker's details. The complete marine collagen ingredients panel is not included. That means this page cannot confirm whether collagen is the only ingredient or give amounts for individual ingredients.\n\nThe maker's description also describes the product as formulated without gluten, soy or GMOs. These statements are useful starting points, but they should be checked against the current pack if they matter to your purchase.\n\nDo not treat a short product summary as a substitute for the full label. Ask for a clear label image if needed. It is easier to resolve a question before ordering than after opening a pack you may not be able to return.\n\nTake the allergen information seriously\n\nThe maker's details include an Allergen-Free description. They also contain an incomplete facility statement referring to other products and allergens. Taken together, they do not give enough information for a confident personal suitability decision.\n\nFor that reason, this page does not present the broad description phrase as an allergy guarantee. Read the full ingredient and allergen wording on the actual pack. If it is unclear, pause before use and request clarification.\n\nMarine collagen allergen information is an important part of the buying decision, not a detail to leave until later. A gluten free collagen powder description does not, by itself, answer every other allergen question you may have.\n\nCheck whether the intended use matches your plans\n\nThe age range given for this product is adult. No child-specific serving directions are included. If you are buying for someone else, do not assume the same product or directions are suitable for them.\n\nThe maker's description also does not provide instructions for use during pregnancy or breastfeeding, or alongside medicines. Where personal circumstances affect suitability, seek advice from a qualified health professional before use.\n\nThis is not a product choice to make on behalf of someone whose needs you do not know. The confirmed adult description is a starting point, not a complete personal assessment.\n\nFollow the directions rather than a recipe found elsewhere\n\nThe supplied directions are simply to see the label. No liquid quantity, preparation temperature or mixing method is provided. There is also no confirmed scoop size.\n\nThat leaves several common questions unanswered, including whether the product is intended for hot drinks, cold drinks or recipes. Avoid using another product's instructions to fill those gaps. Similar packaging or wording does not make the directions interchangeable.\n\nBefore first use, read the collagen powder label directions from start to finish. Check the serving amount and how it should be measured. If the pack does not answer a preparation question, ask before trying your own method.\n\nCompare value with the right information\n\nPack price and weight are useful when comparing products. For a fuller comparison, you also need serving size, ingredient details and the directions for use. Without them, a cost-per-serving figure would be a guess.\n\nKeep comparisons like for like where possible. An unflavoured powder and a flavoured product may differ in ways that are not obvious from the pack size alone. Read both labels rather than judging by the front panel.\n\nThe same approach helps when searching for the best hydrolysed marine collagen powder for your preferences. Define what matters to you first, then check whether each product provides enough information to meet those needs.\n\nCheck the pack when it arrives\n\nBefore opening, make sure the item matches your order. Check the product name, stated weight and unflavoured description. Inspect the seal and look for the printed date information.\n\nAn expiry or best-before date is not given by the maker by the maker, so the date on the received pack matters. Keep the packaging available while you review the directions and ingredient information.\n\nIf anything appears wrong, contact us before using the powder. Leaving the pack sealed also preserves the option of an unopened-pack return under the stated policy, provided its other conditions are met.\n\nStore and handle it according to the label\n\nThe maker does not give a storage temperature or a time limit after opening. Follow the collagen powder storage instructions printed on the pack rather than choosing a rule from another product.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when measuring powder, and keep the label available for reference. Follow any pack instructions about closing the packaging after use.\n\nStorage advice can be easy to overlook during a purchase. Read it before opening so you know whether you have a suitable place to keep the product and can follow any stated handling requirements.\n\nKnow the delivery and return details\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, but the maker's description does not specify a delivery lead time. Check the estimate and delivery options for your address before paying, especially if the order is needed by a particular date.\n\nFor New Zealand orders, unopened packs can be returned within 14 days of delivery when they remain in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Read those conditions before opening a pack you are unsure about.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If that happens, contact us to explain the issue rather than treating it as a simple change-of-mind return.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a single 200 g pack of unflavoured hydrolysed marine collagen peptides powder, listed for adults. It offers a clearly stated form, flavour and pack weight.\n\nThe missing details still matter. Confirm the complete ingredients, allergen wording, serving size and preparation directions on the pack. If those facts fit your needs, you can make a more informed choice without relying on guessed instructions or unsupported promises.", "llm_summary": "This product is hydrolysed marine collagen peptides in an unflavoured powder format. It is supplied as one 200 g item and is listed for adults. Collagen is the ingredient named in the maker's description, but a complete ingredient panel is not given by the maker. The maker describes it as gluten free and formulated without soy or GMOs. Full allergen wording, serving size, preparation quantities and serving count are not specified by the maker. Directions refer buyers to the label. Product dimensions are 16.38 x 11.3 x 6.86 cm. For New Zealand orders, unopened packs in original sealed packaging may be returned within 14 days of delivery at the customer's return-postage cost. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/hydrolysed-marine-collagen-peptides-unflavoured-200-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg", "sku": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg", "title": "Creatine Monohydrate Powder 1 kg", "slug": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg", "price": 75.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "creatine", "category_label": "Creatine", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg/main-creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg-2.jpg" ], "description_short": "One ingredient, a 5 g scoop, 200 servings per pouch and a zip-seal bag that keeps the powder dry between uses.", "description": "The problem with buying powder blind\n\nWalk into any supplement aisle and the creatine shelf is a wall of tubs that all look roughly the same. Different colours, different claims on the front, wildly different prices per serve. Most people end up picking by price or by whichever label shouts loudest, then get home and realise they did not actually check the two things that matter most: what is in the bag, and how many serves they are getting for the money.\n\nThis product strips that decision back. It is a 1 kg pouch of creatine monohydrate powder, unflavoured, with one listed ingredient. The maker lists 200 servings per container at a 5 g scoop. That is the whole proposition. There is nothing else to decode on the ingredient panel, which is a relief if you have ever squinted at a list of twelve things you cannot pronounce.\n\nThat simplicity is the point. A single ingredient powder is easy to check, easy to measure and easy to fit into whatever you already drink.\n\nWhat you are actually getting\n\nThe form is powder. The flavour is none. The serve is one 5 g scoop, and the scoop ships inside the bag. The directions from the maker are to mix that scoop with 250 ml of water or your preferred beverage, and to consume it once daily, either after exercise or at a consistent time each day.\n\nThe pouch zip-seals. That sounds like a small thing, and it is the sort of detail nobody thinks about until they buy a bag with a flimsy closure and find a brick of powder six weeks later. A proper zip-seal, closed properly every time, is most of what keeps a bulk creatine monohydrate pouch usable to the last scoop.\n\nBeyond that, the maker's description for this product is deliberately thin. Brand, net pack weight as shipped, carton dimensions and country of origin are not specified by the maker. We do not fill those gaps with guesses. The label printed on the pack you receive is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions, and you should read it before you use the product.\n\nHow to use it day to day\n\nThe habit part is easy once you settle on a time. The directions suggest after exercise or at a consistent time each day, and the second option is usually the one that sticks. Tie it to something you already do without thinking, like making your morning coffee or filling your water bottle before work. People who pick \"whenever I remember\" tend to forget.\n\nMixing is simple enough. Add the scoop to 250 ml of water or whatever beverage you prefer, then shake or stir properly. A shaker bottle does a better job than a spoon in a glass, because it keeps the powder moving rather than letting it sink. Drink it reasonably soon after mixing. Any fine powder will settle if it sits on the bench for twenty minutes.\n\nBecause it is an unflavoured creatine powder 1 kg format, it slots into drinks you already like. Juice, a smoothie, a protein shake, iced tea, whatever you have going. If you drink it in plain water and find the texture odd at first, try a slightly larger volume of liquid or mix it into something with a bit of body.\n\nOne thing worth saying clearly: stick to the directions on the label. The listed direction is one scoop, once daily. More is not a strategy.\n\nWho this suits, and who it does not\n\nThis is a formulated supplementary sports food. The maker's own warning sets out who should not use it, and it is worth repeating in plain language.\n\nIt is not suitable for children under 15 years of age. It is not suitable for pregnant women. The maker also states it should only be used under medical or dietetic supervision, which means a conversation with your doctor or an accredited dietitian before you start, particularly if you take medication or manage an ongoing health condition.\n\nIt is also not a sole source of nutrition. The maker is specific that it should be consumed alongside a nutritious diet and an appropriate physical training or exercise program. A sports food is an addition to the way you already eat and train, not a shortcut around either.\n\nOn allergens, the maker notes the product is made in a facility that also processes milk, soy, egg, gluten, sesame, sulphites, peanuts and tree nuts. If you have a serious allergy, read the pack label carefully and talk to your doctor before use.\n\nChoosing between pack sizes\n\nThe main reason to pick a kilo pouch over a small tub is cost per serve. Buying in bulk almost always works out cheaper on a per scoop basis, and with 200 listed servings, a single bag covers a long stretch of daily use.\n\nThe counterargument is storage and commitment. A kilo of powder needs a dry cupboard and a closed bag for months. If you are not sure you will keep using it, or if you travel constantly and cannot keep the bag somewhere stable, a smaller pack might suit you better even at a worse price per serve.\n\nA few honest questions to ask before you buy the big bag:\n\n1. Will you actually take it daily, or is this an occasional thing?\n2. Do you have a cool, dry cupboard away from the kettle and the stovetop?\n3. Are you comfortable with an unflavoured powder, or do you need a flavour to stay consistent?\n4. Have you checked the allergen statement against your own needs?\n\nIf the answers point towards daily use and decent storage, the 1 kg pouch is the sensible buy. If not, start smaller.\n\nStorage, clumping and keeping the last scoop good\n\nCreatine powder has one real enemy, and it is moisture. Humid air, a wet scoop, a bag left open on the bench while you answer the door. Any of those will start the clumping process, and once it begins it tends to continue.\n\nThe maker's instruction is to store the pouch in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, and to make sure the pouch is fully zip-sealed after each use. Follow both and you will be fine. Practically, that means a pantry or cupboard rather than a windowsill, a benchtop beside the kettle, or the top of the fridge where heat rises.\n\nUse a dry scoop and dry hands. Keep the scoop inside the bag so you are not fishing around with a wet teaspoon from the dish rack. Close the seal before you walk away from the bench, not after you have made your drink and wandered off. If the powder does cake slightly, that is a storage issue rather than a quality one, and a firmer press on the zip-seal usually prevents a repeat.\n\nDelivery and returns in plain terms\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, NZ only, and you will get tracking so you can watch it move.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs only. That restriction is standard for food products and it is there for safety reasons, not to be awkward. If an item arrives faulty or damaged, that is a different situation and it is put right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. Send us photos and your order number and we will deal with it.\n\nNo separate warranty is sold with this product, and we do not publish invented reviews or ratings on our pages.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 1 kg pouch of creatine monohydrate powder with one listed ingredient, no flavour and a 5 g scoop. The maker lists 200 servings per container and directs one scoop in 250 ml of water or your preferred beverage, once daily, after exercise or at a consistent time.\n\nStore it cool, dry and out of the sun, and close the zip-seal every single time. It is a formulated supplementary sports food, not food in itself, and the maker states it is not suitable for children under 15 or pregnant women and should be used under medical or dietetic supervision alongside a nutritious diet and a suitable exercise program.\n\nEverything else, ingredients, allergens and directions, is printed on the pack. Read it before you use it. If the bag is still sealed and it turns out not to be what you wanted, send it back within 14 days and we will refund you.", "llm_summary": "Creatine Monohydrate Powder 1 kg is an unflavoured powder sold as a formulated supplementary sports food. The maker lists one ingredient, creatine monohydrate. The directions are to mix one 5 g scoop with 250 ml of water or another beverage and consume once daily, after exercise or at a consistent time. The 1 kg pouch is listed at 200 servings and zip-seals for storage in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight. The maker states it is not suitable for children under 15 or pregnant women, should be used under medical or dietetic supervision, and is not a sole source of nutrition. It is made in a facility that also processes milk, soy, egg, gluten, sesame, sulphites, peanuts and tree nuts. Brand, weight and country of origin are not specified by the maker.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/creatine-monohydrate-powder-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g", "sku": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g", "title": "Creatine Monohydrate Powder 600 g", "slug": "creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g", "price": 115.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "creatine", "category_label": "Creatine", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "600 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/main-creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g-6.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 600 g pack of micronised powder offers 120 listed servings and a single-ingredient formulation.", "description": "Choosing a supplement powder can mean sorting through large pack sizes, flavour names and claims that do not answer your basic questions. What is in the pack? How much do you measure? Will the flavour suit the drink you already use?\n\nCreatine Monohydrate Powder 600 g keeps those buying details fairly simple. The supplied ingredient statement lists 100% creatine monohydrate. It is unflavoured, comes as a micronised powder and has 120 listed servings.\n\nThis guide focuses on those practical details. It does not promise a health or training outcome. The aim is to help you decide whether the pack size, formulation and directions match what you are looking for.\n\nStart with the ingredient statement\n\nThe clearest place to begin is the ingredient list. For this single ingredient creatine, the supplied statement names 100% creatine monohydrate. That gives you a short formulation to review rather than a blend with several named ingredients.\n\nThe maker's description also states no artificial flavours, artificial preservatives or artificial sweeteners. These details may matter if you prefer a plain powder instead of a flavoured supplement.\n\nA short ingredient statement does not answer every question, though. It does not establish allergen cross-contact controls or provide independent testing results. Neither of those details is supplied in the maker's description.\n\nBefore use, read the actual pack. Its ingredient list, warnings and directions are the final reference, especially if you have a requirement that cannot be checked from the online description alone.\n\nUnderstand the 600 g pack size\n\nA 600 g creatine pack contains 600 g of powder and is listed as one item. The serving count is 120. Those are more useful comparison points than the apparent size of a pack in a photograph.\n\nThe supplied directions state one teaspoon, described as 5 g. The listed serving count is consistent with that amount across a 600 g pack. Still, use the printed directions on the pack rather than treating an online calculation as a replacement for them.\n\nWhen comparing products, look at net quantity and serving information together. Two packs can look similar but hold different amounts. A lower pack price also does not tell you much unless you compare how much powder each pack contains.\n\nThink about storage space as well. The listed dimensions are 19 x 7 x 27 cm, although the maker does not explain whether these are retail pack or outer shipping measurements.\n\nWhat unflavoured means when choosing a drink\n\nAn unflavoured supplement powder gives you a different choice from a product with a named fruit, chocolate or other added flavour. Here, the listed flavour is simply unflavoured.\n\nThe supplied directions allow mixing with water or your preferred beverage. That leaves the drink choice open, subject to the instructions and warnings printed on the actual pack.\n\nUnflavoured does not promise that every person will find the powder tasteless in every drink. Nor does it guarantee that the drink's texture will stay unchanged. Those are separate questions from whether a flavour has been added.\n\nIf a particular taste or texture is important to you, avoid assuming how the powder will behave. Review the label first and follow its mixing guidance. The maker does not provide a beverage-specific recipe.\n\nRead the micronised description carefully\n\nThis product is described as micronised creatine powder, with a 200 mesh detail in the maker's description. That is a description of the fine powder form.\n\nIt is not a set of complete preparation instructions. The maker does not specify a mixing time, a required water temperature or a precise volume of liquid. There is also no included scoop confirmed here.\n\nThe practical approach is to use the pack directions when preparing a serving. Do not guess an exact drink volume from a photograph or assume that a scoop from another product measures the stated amount.\n\nPowder form also means you need to measure before mixing. If you would rather use a pre-portioned format, take that preference into account before buying a full pack.\n\nFollow the supplied serving directions\n\nThe supplied directions say to mix one teaspoon, stated as 5 g, with water or your preferred beverage. They also state daily use. No separate schedule or alternative serving amount is given in the maker's description.\n\nTreat that as a summary of the maker's details, not a reason to add your own steps. If the pack you receive has updated directions, use the pack label as the final word.\n\nThere is no need to invent a mixing method when the relevant detail is missing. Check the packaging for measuring guidance and any preparation instructions before opening the product.\n\nIf you need advice about whether to use this supplement, or how it fits with other products you take, ask a qualified health professional. An online product description cannot settle personal suitability.\n\nCheck dietary descriptions without assuming certification\n\nThe maker includes several dietary descriptions. It names gluten free, dairy free, sugar free and low carb features. Vegan, halal, kosher and keto also appear in the maker's details.\n\nThese terms can help you narrow a search, but they are not all the same type of information. A dietary description is not, by itself, proof of a particular certification.\n\nIf you are searching for gluten free creatine powder or dairy free creatine powder because of an allergy, check more than the headline. The maker does not include a full cross-contact statement, so it cannot answer every allergen question.\n\nLikewise, if you need documented halal or kosher certification, ask for confirmation before purchasing. No certifying body or certificate detail is supplied here. Keep the pack sealed while you resolve any essential uncertainty.\n\nDecide whether the format suits you\n\nThe listed age range is adult. Beyond that, the useful buying questions are about the format and the information available.\n\nDo you want a powder that requires measuring? Do you prefer an unflavoured option? Is a 600 g pack an amount you want to store? Those questions help separate a suitable purchase from one that only looks appealing in a search result.\n\nSomeone comparing vegan creatine powder options may focus on the dietary description and supporting label information. Another shopper may care most about the single-ingredient statement or the 120 listed servings.\n\nNeither approach needs a promise about results. Choose based on the details that matter to you, and pause if a necessary detail is missing. A larger quantity is not automatically the right choice for every buyer.\n\nCompare value using matching information\n\nFor a fair comparison, check that you are comparing the same type of information across products. Net powder quantity is different from total shipping weight. Listed servings are also only useful when you understand the serving amount behind them.\n\nThis product provides a 600 g quantity, 120 listed servings and supplied directions stating 5 g. Those details give you a clear basis for comparing pack sizes.\n\nDo not assume that another product's scoop, serving count or instructions apply here. Even similar-looking description should be read on their own terms.\n\nCheck the total order cost and delivery information before paying. A delivery lead time is not specified by the maker, so it should not be inferred from the country of origin or the product's availability status.\n\nLook after the pack between uses\n\nGood creatine powder storage starts with the instructions printed on the packaging. No exact storage temperature or after-opening shelf life is supplied here.\n\nAs a general handling step, keep the pack closed between uses and protect the contents from moisture. Use clean, dry utensils so you do not introduce liquid while measuring a serving.\n\nKeep the original label readable. You may need to refer back to the ingredients, directions, warnings or expiry information later.\n\nWhen the order arrives, inspect the product before opening it. Check that it is the item you ordered and review the seal and label. If something looks wrong, contact us rather than using the powder while the issue remains unresolved.\n\nPlan for delivery, gifts and returns\n\nFor New Zealand orders, check the delivery information available for your purchase. The maker does not supply a handling or shipping lead time.\n\nIf you are buying for someone else, confirm that they want this type of product. A supplement is a personal choice, and an unflavoured powder may not suit someone who prefers another format. Leave it in its original sealed packaging if they may need to return it.\n\nReturns are available within 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage for those returns.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us with your order details and explain the problem so it can be addressed.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 600 g pack of unflavoured, micronised creatine monohydrate powder with 120 listed servings. The supplied ingredient statement lists 100% creatine monohydrate, and the directions state one teaspoon, described as 5 g, mixed with water or a preferred beverage.\n\nChoose it on those clear product details, not on assumptions about outcomes or missing specifications. Check the actual pack label before use, confirm any essential dietary requirements and review delivery details before ordering.", "llm_summary": "Creatine Monohydrate Powder 600 g is an unflavoured, micronised adult supplement with 120 listed servings. The supplied ingredient statement lists 100% creatine monohydrate. Directions specify one teaspoon, stated as 5 g, mixed with water or a preferred beverage, with daily use stated. The maker describes it as gluten free, dairy free, sugar free and low carb, with no artificial flavours, preservatives or sweeteners. Vegan, halal, kosher and keto dietary descriptions are listed, but certification details are not specified by the maker. Australia is the recorded country of origin. A scoop, mixing volume, delivery lead time and full allergen cross-contact statement are not specified. The pack label is the final reference for use.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/creatine-monohydrate-powder-600-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg", "sku": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg", "title": "Micronised Creatine Monohydrate 1 kg", "slug": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg", "price": 72.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "creatine", "category_label": "Creatine", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg/main-micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg.jpg" ], "description_short": "Unflavoured, fine-milled powder made from 100% micronised creatine monohydrate, packed in a single 1 kg container for everyday use.", "description": "The problem with buying creatine powder\n\nCreatine monohydrate is one of the plainest products you can buy, and yet the shopping experience is oddly confusing. Tubs come in a dozen sizes. Some are flavoured, some are not. Labels use words like micronised, instantised and ultra-fine without ever explaining what they mean. Prices swing wildly between a 250 g pouch and a 1 kg container, and the per-serve maths is rarely printed anywhere obvious.\n\nThen there is the practical annoyance. You buy a powder, stir it into a glass of cold water, and half of it sits at the bottom like sand. You drink it anyway, scrape the rest out with a finger, and quietly resent the whole process.\n\nThis page is about one specific product, a 1 kg container of micronised creatine monohydrate powder sold unflavoured, with an ingredient list given by the maker as 100% micronised creatine monohydrate. The rest of this guide explains what that description actually means, who a large unflavoured tub suits, and how to choose and store one sensibly.\n\nWhat micronised actually refers to\n\nMicronised is a description of particle size, nothing more. The powder has been milled finer than a standard grind. That is it. No extra ingredient has been added, no chemical process has changed what the powder is made of.\n\nWhy does particle size matter? Because finer particles have more surface area in contact with liquid, and they spread out rather than sinking in a lump. When you shake a fine powder into water, it tends to disperse through the whole glass instead of forming a sludge at the bottom. You still need to stir, and some will settle if the glass sits on the bench for ten minutes, but the experience is smoother.\n\nPeople hunting for the best fine milled creatine are usually chasing exactly this. They have used a coarse powder before and did not enjoy the grit. A micronised grind is the answer to that specific complaint.\n\nIt is worth being honest about the limits. Creatine monohydrate is not highly soluble in cold water. No grind makes it vanish completely. What a finer powder does is make the drink easier to get down and easier to finish without a gritty mouthful at the end.\n\nWhat is in the container\n\nThe maker lists the ingredients as 100% micronised creatine monohydrate. There is no sweetener, no flavouring, no colour and no anti-caking agent on that list. The flavour field is listed as Micronised Unflavoured.\n\nThe product details also list 200.01 total servings per container, with the allergen information given as gluten free and non-GMO. Country of origin is listed as China.\n\nA few things are genuinely not specified by the maker, and we are not going to invent them. There is no brand name listed, no pack weight beyond the 1 kg contents, and no tub dimensions. If a spec is not on this page, it is because the source description did not provide it. The label printed on the pack you receive is the final word on ingredients, allergens, serving directions and storage, and you should read it before you use the product.\n\nWho a 1 kg unflavoured tub suits\n\nA large plain tub suits a few kinds of buyer.\n\nThe first is someone who has already settled into a routine and knows they will get through a kilogram. Buying in bulk means fewer orders, less packaging, and one container in the cupboard instead of four. That is the main draw for anyone comparing the best value creatine monohydrate options.\n\nThe second is the person who mixes creatine into something else. If you already drink a protein shake, a plain unflavoured powder slots in without clashing. Flavoured creatine plus flavoured protein is a gamble. Unflavoured is not.\n\nThe third is the household where more than one adult uses it. One big tub is simply tidier than several small ones.\n\nWho it does not suit is just as important. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 years of age, and they are not suitable for pregnant women. The maker's warning is clear that these products should be used only under medical or dietetic supervision, and alongside a balanced diet rather than instead of food. If any of that applies to you, this is not the right purchase.\n\nHow to choose between pack sizes and formats\n\nStart with how fast you will realistically use it. A kilogram is a lot of powder. If you are trying a product for the first time and are not sure you will stick with it, a smaller pouch is the lower-risk choice. If you already know your routine, the bigger container usually works out better per serve.\n\nNext, decide between flavoured and unflavoured. Unflavoured gives you flexibility. You can put it in water, juice, cordial or a shake, and it will not fight with anything. Flavoured powder is nicer in plain water but locks you into one taste for the life of the tub. That is why plenty of long-term users end up looking for the best unflavoured creatine powder rather than a flavoured version.\n\nThen look at the ingredient list. A short list is easier to understand. This product's list is one line long.\n\nFinally, check the allergen statement against your own needs. This one is listed as gluten free and non-GMO in the product details, but the printed pack label is what counts, and you should read it before first use.\n\nMixing it without the fuss\n\nA few small habits make the daily glass much easier.\n\nPut the liquid in the container first, then add the powder on top. Powder dumped into an empty bottle tends to cake against the bottom before the water hits it. A shaker bottle with a wire ball or mesh insert does a better job than a spoon in a glass.\n\nJuice disperses fine powder more readily than plain cold water, and it masks the plain taste, which is why so many people searching for the best creatine powder for mixing settle on orange juice or cordial. If you prefer water, slightly warmer water helps.\n\nDrink it reasonably soon after mixing rather than letting it sit on the bench for an hour. If some settles, swirl the glass before the last mouthful.\n\nFollow the serving directions printed on the pack. They are the maker's instructions and they override any general advice here.\n\nStorage and care\n\nPowder has one real enemy, and that is moisture. Humid air, a damp scoop or wet hands will all cause clumping over time.\n\nKeep the lid firmly closed. Store the container somewhere cool and dry, away from direct sunlight and away from the stove or kettle. Do not keep it in a steamy bathroom or next to the sink.\n\nUse a clean, dry scoop every single time. If you do not have a scoop, a dry dessert spoon works, or a small kitchen scale if you want more accuracy.\n\nIf lumps do form, they usually break up with a good shake of the tub or a stir. Clumping is a texture issue, not a sign of a problem with the powder, though as always you should check the best before date printed on the pack.\n\nDelivery and returns\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days of receiving your order. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Orders are shipped within NZ only.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs only. Food products cannot be accepted back once opened, for hygiene reasons. If an item arrives faulty or damaged, we put it right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. Send us a photo of the pack and the outer box and we will take it from there. No separate warranty is sold with this product.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 1 kg container of micronised creatine monohydrate powder, sold unflavoured, with the ingredients listed by the maker as 100% micronised creatine monohydrate. The product details list 200.01 total servings per container, allergen information of gluten free and non-GMO, and a country of origin of China.\n\nMicronised means a finer grind, which helps the powder spread through water, juice or a protein shake rather than clumping. Store it sealed and dry, use a dry scoop, and read the label on the pack, which is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions.\n\nSports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women, should be used only under medical or dietetic supervision, and are meant to be used alongside a balanced diet. If a big plain tub fits how you actually eat and drink, this is a simple, no-extras option.", "llm_summary": "A 1 kg container of micronised creatine monohydrate powder, sold unflavoured. The maker lists the ingredients as 100% micronised creatine monohydrate with no other additions. The item form is powder and the flavour is listed as Micronised Unflavoured. Product details state 200.01 total servings per container, and the allergen information is listed as gluten free and non-GMO. Country of origin is listed as China. Brand, GTIN, weight and pack dimensions are not specified by the maker. The micronised particle size helps the powder disperse in water, juice or a protein shake. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. The pack label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g", "sku": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g", "title": "Micronised Creatine Monohydrate Powder 500 g", "slug": "micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g", "price": 126.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "creatine", "category_label": "Creatine", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "591 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/main-micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g-5.jpg" ], "description_short": "This micronised powder comes with a scoop and a listed 5 g serving size for a clearly defined format.", "description": "Shopping for creatine powder can become confusing when pack weight, serving size and dietary wording appear together. A large number on a bottle does not tell you how to prepare it. A scoop does not replace the directions. Even a familiar ingredient name is not a substitute for reading the full label.\n\nThis product keeps several buying details clear. It is micronised creatine monohydrate powder, supplied unflavoured in a 500 g bottle. A scoop is included, and the listed serving size is 5 g. This guide explains how to compare those details without making assumptions about anything the maker does not specify.\n\nStart with the product format\n\nThe first question is whether you want powder. This item is not a capsule, tablet or ready-made drink. If you are comparing different supplement formats, make sure powder is the form you intended to order.\n\nThe maker's description calls it micronised creatine. That is the product description, but an exact particle size is not given by the maker. There is also no measured information here about texture or how quickly it mixes. Do not read those extra promises into the word micronised.\n\nThe flavour is listed as unflavoured. This can help narrow your choice if you do not want a named flavour. It does not establish that the powder is tasteless, nor does it confirm the complete ingredient list. Those are separate questions to check on the pack.\n\nUnderstand the 500 g quantity\n\nThe bottle contains a listed 500 g of powder. That is the figure to use when comparing the amount of product in different packs. It is more useful for that purpose than the overall item weight.\n\nThe maker's description also gives an item weight of 591 g. These figures describe different things and should not be treated as interchangeable. You are not buying 591 g of powder based on this product.\n\nWhen comparing 500 g creatine powder options, look for a clearly stated product quantity on each one. A similar-looking bottle may contain a different amount. Photos can help you recognise a pack, but they are not a reliable way to judge its contents.\n\nPrice comparisons should use the same quantity basis. Compare the displayed selling price against the stated powder amount, then check delivery charges separately. This avoids choosing on bottle size or appearance alone.\n\nRead serving information carefully\n\nThe listed serving size is 5 g, and a scoop is included. Those details are useful, but they are not the full directions for use.\n\nThe maker does not explain the scoop's capacity, whether it should be level, or how the powder should be prepared. It also does not state a serving frequency. A 5 g creatine serving should not be taken as an instruction about how often to use the product.\n\nBy simple calculation, 500 g divided by 5 g is 100 servings. Treat that as a comparison figure rather than a promise about how long the bottle will last. The supplied label should confirm the serving count and directions.\n\nA creatine powder with scoop may be the format you prefer, but the scoop still needs to be used as directed. If the instructions are unclear when the bottle arrives, ask for clarification rather than guessing.\n\nCheck ingredients and allergen wording\n\nCreatine monohydrate is the ingredient named in the maker's description. However, a complete printed ingredient panel is not included. That means this page cannot confirm every detail you might need for a strict ingredient check.\n\nThe maker describes the powder as vegetarian, vegan and gluten free. These are useful details to look for on the supplied bottle. They are not evidence of independent certification, and no such certification is provided here.\n\nIf you are looking for vegan creatine powder, match that requirement against the current label. The same approach applies when comparing vegetarian creatine powder. Read the actual pack rather than relying only on a search term or a short product heading.\n\nFor gluten free creatine powder, check the full allergen statement as well. The maker does not provide cross-contact wording or a complete list of other allergens. If that information matters to your purchase, resolve it before opening or using the product.\n\nDecide whether it matches your needs\n\nThe listed age range is adult. No directions for children are supplied, so this should not be treated as a product with child-use instructions.\n\nBeyond that, personal suitability cannot be settled by pack size or flavour. This page does not make health, medical or performance promises. It describes the item being offered and identifies where information is missing.\n\nIf you need individual advice about whether a supplement fits your circumstances, ask a qualified professional. Keep that question separate from choosing between a bottle of powder and another format.\n\nThis unflavoured creatine powder may match the format you have been looking for. The useful buying question is whether its stated contents, label and directions meet your requirements, not whether a broad marketing claim sounds appealing.\n\nDo not guess at preparation or timing\n\nFull preparation instructions are not given by the maker by the maker. There is no confirmed liquid amount, mixing method or serving frequency to repeat here. The pack label is the final word.\n\nThe same limit applies to timing. This page does not give directions to use the powder before or after a workout. It also does not provide a loading schedule.\n\nWhen comparing adult creatine powder products, keep serving size and directions in separate columns in your mind. Knowing the amount in a serving does not tell you everything about preparation or use.\n\nAvoid carrying instructions across from a different product. A familiar container or ingredient name does not establish that two labels give the same directions. Read the bottle you actually receive before using it.\n\nPlan where the bottle will go\n\nThe recorded dimensions are 12.07 x 12.07 x 13.34 cm. These measurements give you a practical reference for checking shelf or cupboard space.\n\nStorage conditions are a separate matter. Follow the bottle's printed storage instructions rather than assuming that any available shelf is suitable. Keep the container closed between uses.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils and avoid introducing moisture into the powder. These are basic handling steps, not a replacement for any more specific instructions on the label.\n\nA batch-specific expiry date is not available in the maker's description. Check the date on arrival and keep it readable. Do not assume a shelf life based on another bottle you bought previously.\n\nCompare the details that matter\n\nA useful comparison starts with a few concrete questions. Is the quantity the same? Is the product unflavoured? Is a scoop included? Are the ingredient and dietary statements clear enough for your needs?\n\nFor this creatine powder bottle, the stated quantity is 500 g and the listed serving size is 5 g. The flavour is unflavoured, and a scoop is included. Those are the main format details you can compare directly.\n\nCountry of origin is not specified. Neither is a complete ingredient panel, a full allergen statement or independent certification. If one of those is essential to your choice, ask for it before ordering.\n\nThe best creatine monohydrate powder for your shopping list is not something this page can decide for you. A more useful approach is to choose against your own clear requirements and avoid filling gaps with assumptions.\n\nCheck delivery before paying\n\nFor shoppers looking for creatine monohydrate in New Zealand, delivery details are part of the buying decision. Check the options available for your address and any delivery estimate shown during ordering.\n\nA confirmed delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Do not assume that an in-stock description means arrival by a particular date. If timing matters, confirm it before paying.\n\nOnce the order arrives, inspect the pack before opening it. Check the product name, quantity, seal and printed information against what you expected. This also gives you a chance to read the label while the bottle is still unopened.\n\nKeep return options in mind\n\nUnopened packs can be returned within 14 days of delivery when they remain in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage for this type of return.\n\nThat makes the first inspection worth taking slowly. If you ordered the wrong format or changed your mind, opening the seal may affect eligibility under the stated return terms. Read the pack first.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If something appears wrong, contact us with the order details and a clear description of the issue.\n\nFor gifting, the same care helps. Choose this only when the adult recipient wants this format, and leave the bottle sealed so they can review the label themselves.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 500 g bottle of unflavoured micronised creatine monohydrate powder. It has a listed 5 g serving size and includes a scoop. The maker describes it as vegetarian, vegan and gluten free.\n\nChoose it on those stated details, not on assumed results or missing instructions. Check the supplied label for ingredients, allergens, preparation, storage and expiry information. Confirm delivery before ordering, and keep the pack sealed until you know it is the item you want.", "llm_summary": "This product is micronised creatine monohydrate powder supplied in one 500 g bottle. It is unflavoured, intended for adults and supplied with a scoop. The listed serving size is 5 g. The maker describes it as vegetarian, vegan and gluten free, but does not provide independent certification or a full allergen statement. Full preparation directions, serving frequency, country of origin and shelf life are not specified by the maker. The listed item weight is 591 g, with dimensions of 12.07 x 12.07 x 13.34 cm. The pack label is the final word on directions and contents. Unopened packs in their original sealed packaging may be returned within 14 days of delivery, with customer-paid return postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/micronised-creatine-monohydrate-powder-500-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves", "sku": "micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves", "title": "Micronised Creatine Powder 1 kg 200 Serves", "slug": "micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves", "price": 167.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "creatine", "category_label": "Creatine", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "1 kg", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/main-micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/creatine/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves-6.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 1 kg pack provides 200 measured 5 g serves of micronised creatine monohydrate without added sugars, sweeteners or fillers.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a powder can become harder than it needs to be. Pack sizes vary, serving counts can look very different, and flavour names do not always tell you much about what is inside. A clear ingredient description and a stated serve size make the comparison easier.\n\nThis product is a 1 kg pack of unflavoured micronised creatine monohydrate. It lists 200 serves, each measured at 5 g, with no added sugars, sweeteners or fillers. Those are the main facts to use when deciding whether it fits your preferences.\n\nThis guide focuses on the product itself, including quantity, preparation and storage. It does not make claims about health or training results. For personal suitability, read the pack label and seek qualified advice where needed.\n\nUnderstand what you are buying\n\nThe listed ingredient is pure micronised creatine monohydrate. The form is powder, rather than a tablet or capsule, and the flavour is unflavoured.\n\nFor someone comparing single ingredient creatine products, that short description is useful. You can check the ingredient against another label without having to separate it from a long blend. It does not, however, answer every question about allergens, handling or dietary status.\n\nThe maker does not include an allergen statement. It also does not confirm vegan or gluten-free status. A simple ingredient list is not a substitute for those details. If they matter to your purchase, check them before opening the pack.\n\nThe product is listed for adults. No directions for children are supplied, and the adult description should not be read as approval for every person's circumstances.\n\nMake sense of the 1 kg size\n\nA kilogram contains 1000 g. With a stated 5 g serve, the pack provides 200 serves. This gives you a useful, consistent basis for comparing it with smaller or larger packs.\n\nServing counts only help when the serve sizes match. A different product may display a larger count because its listed portion is smaller. Compare the grams per serve as well as the number on the front of the pack.\n\nAt the supplied direction of one serve daily, 200 serves represents 200 days. That is a quantity calculation, not a promise about shelf life. The expiry date and any instructions for storage after opening still apply.\n\nBefore choosing a 1 kg creatine pack, think about whether you want this amount on hand. A large pack is only a sensible choice if its quantity fits your plans and you can follow its storage directions.\n\nWhat the micronised description tells you\n\nMicronised is the description given for the powder. The source presents it as suitable for mixing with water, juice or a protein shake.\n\nNo measured particle size or dissolution time is provided. It would therefore be wrong to promise an exact mixing speed or say that every drink will have the same texture. The liquid you choose and the instructions on the pack are the practical points to check.\n\nIf you are looking for micronised creatine monohydrate, compare the full ingredient wording rather than relying on the word “powder” alone. Also keep ingredient identity separate from claims about results. This page describes the format and preparation options, not an outcome you should expect from using it.\n\nChoose unflavoured with clear expectations\n\nUnflavoured creatine powder gives you an option without an added flavour listed. This pack also states that it has no added sugars or sweeteners.\n\nThat can help narrow your choices if you do not want a flavoured blend. It does not mean the powder is guaranteed to have no noticeable taste or texture in every drink. “Unflavoured” and “undetectable” are different descriptions.\n\nWater, juice and protein shakes are the listed mixing options. You do not need to choose a flavoured supplement simply because you plan to add it to a shake. Equally, this product does not confirm compatibility with every recipe or preparation method.\n\nIf you want creatine without sweeteners, compare that detail directly on each product label. A similar-looking pack may have a different ingredient list.\n\nFollow the stated directions\n\nThe supplied directions say to take one 5 g serve daily, including rest days. Before use, read the directions on the pack you receive and check for any warnings.\n\nA liquid volume is not provided by the maker. Nor is a teaspoon conversion. Avoid filling those gaps with a guess based on another product, since its directions may differ.\n\nThe serve is stated by weight. If a scoop is included, check what its markings mean rather than assuming that any full scoop equals 5 g. Scoop inclusion is not confirmed by the maker, so plan to check the contents when the pack arrives.\n\nThere is no need to add a different schedule to this product. Use the printed instructions as the final reference, and ask a qualified health professional if you need advice about your own use.\n\nCheck the pack format and storage space\n\nThe structured product details describe one packet. Another part of the source uses the word “tub”, so a rigid container is not confirmed. If packaging style affects your choice, ask before ordering.\n\nThe listed dimensions are 15 x 20 x 30 cm. These can help you think about storage space, but they are not separate measurements for an outer delivery carton.\n\nThe stated 1 kg weight refers to the product quantity. Do not treat it as a confirmed total shipping weight with all packaging included.\n\nFor day-to-day handling, choose a place where you can follow the printed storage instructions. Keep measuring equipment clean and dry, and close the pack between uses. Check whether the label gives any extra directions once opened.\n\nRead origin and ingredient claims carefully\n\nThe product is described as made in Australia, and Australia is the listed country of origin. If Australian made creatine is part of your search, this is the origin information supplied for this pack.\n\nOrigin does not answer every other product question. It does not replace an allergen statement, tell you the expiry date or confirm whether a scoop is included. Check each detail on its own.\n\nThe same care applies to the phrase “no fillers”. Here, that statement sits alongside the description of pure micronised creatine monohydrate. It tells you about the listed formulation, not every aspect of production or handling.\n\nWhen comparing plain creatine monohydrate products, stick to details you can check. Ingredient wording, net quantity and printed directions are more useful than broad promises that do not explain the pack.\n\nCompare value on the same basis\n\nTo compare bulk creatine powder fairly, start with net weight. Then look at the serve size and the current price for your store.\n\nA pack with 200 serves is not automatically better value than one with fewer serves. The other product might use a different portion size or contain a different total quantity. Bring both comparisons back to grams.\n\nYou should also consider whether you want an unflavoured single ingredient product. A blend with extra ingredients is a different purchase, even if its pack weight looks similar.\n\nFinally, consider practical fit. A larger quantity may mean less frequent ordering, but you still need suitable storage and enough time before the printed expiry date. Those details are not given by the maker for a particular batch in the maker's description.\n\nCheck the label before opening\n\nWhen the order arrives, compare the product name, quantity and ingredient information with what you intended to buy. Look for the expiry date and read the directions before breaking the seal.\n\nIf allergens are a concern, find the actual allergen statement. Do not assume that “one ingredient” settles questions about cross-contact. The maker does not supply that information.\n\nIt is also worth checking any included measuring tool. No scoop is promised here, and no scoop volume is given.\n\nIf anything seems different from the description, contact us before using the powder. Keeping the packaging intact while you check can help preserve your options under the stated return policy.\n\nDelivery, gifting and returns\n\nA delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the delivery information for your address before ordering, especially if you need the pack by a particular date.\n\nFor gifting, this is most straightforward when an adult has specifically requested this type of product. Confirm that they want an unflavoured powder and this pack size rather than guessing from a general interest in supplements.\n\nThe stated New Zealand return policy allows returns within 14 days from delivery for packs that are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If you have a concern, contact us with your order details so it can be addressed.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 1 kg pack of unflavoured micronised creatine monohydrate, listed as 200 serves of 5 g. It is made in Australia and has no added sugars, sweeteners or fillers.\n\nChoose it on those clear product facts. Check the pack label for allergens, directions, storage and expiry information, and keep it sealed if you need to resolve a question before use.", "llm_summary": "This adult supplement is a 1 kg pack of unflavoured micronised creatine monohydrate made in Australia. The stated pack quantity is 200 serves of 5 g each. It contains no added sugars, sweeteners or fillers. Supplied directions state one 5 g serve daily, including rest days, mixed with water, juice or a protein shake. The product details list one packet measuring 15 x 20 x 30 cm. Scoop inclusion, the allergen statement and expiry date are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word on directions and warnings. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in original sealed packaging, with customer-paid return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/micronised-creatine-powder-1-kg-200-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks", "sku": "electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks", "title": "Lemon Lime Electrolyte Drink Mix, 16 Sticks", "slug": "electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks", "price": 129.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "electrolytes", "category_label": "Electrolytes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "294 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/main-electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A bag of 16 powder sticks gives you individually packed portions to mix with water according to the pack directions.", "description": "Choosing a drink powder should not mean sorting through bold promises. Most buyers need a simpler answer. What is in the bag, what does it taste like, and how do you prepare it?\n\nThis product is a lemon lime drink mix in a bag of 16 powder sticks. It is a format worth considering if you prefer individual portions to a larger container of loose powder. You can select a stick without measuring from a tub, then prepare it with water.\n\nThe useful details are the pack count, ingredients and directions. Below is a practical look at those details, including the gaps in the maker's description that are worth checking before you buy.\n\nStart with the pack format\n\nThere are 16 sticks in this bag, and the maker gives 16 servings per container. The supplied directions use one stick for one prepared drink. That makes the pack count straightforward to compare with other single serve drink mix options.\n\nIndividual packaging can suit someone who wants to keep portions separate. You might leave the bag at home and take a stick with you, provided it stays dry and protected. You will still need water and a suitable drinking container.\n\nThe maker does not list a bottle, shaker or other mixing accessory. Choose this product for the powder sticks themselves, rather than expecting a complete drink-making kit.\n\nUnderstand the flavour description\n\nThe product title calls this a lemon lime hydration mix. In the detailed specification fields, the flavour listed as lemon. Both descriptions are in the maker's description, so it is worth noting the difference rather than assuming the wording is identical.\n\nIf you simply want a citrus drink powder, that distinction may not drive your choice. If you are choosing specifically for lime flavour, confirm the current pack before ordering.\n\nThe maker does not describe how sharp, sweet or strong the finished drink tastes. Those qualities are personal, and an ingredient list cannot settle them. Avoid choosing on a promise of a particular taste intensity that is not given by the maker.\n\nHow to prepare the powder\n\nThe supplied directions are to add one stick to 16 oz of water and mix thoroughly before drinking. Start with those directions, then check the delivered packaging for the current instructions.\n\nUse a container that holds the stated water amount and leaves enough room for mixing. A small cup that is already full is not a practical choice. Make sure the powder is mixed thoroughly before you drink it.\n\nThere is no stated water temperature, mixing time or required type of bottle in the maker's description. There is also no need to guess at special preparation steps. Follow what is printed on the pack, including any directions that are more detailed than the maker's description.\n\nRead the ingredients before buying\n\nThe ingredient list starts with pure cane sugar and dextrose. It also includes citric acid, salt, potassium citrate, sodium citrate and dipotassium phosphate.\n\nFurther listed ingredients are silicon dioxide, rebaudioside-a identified as stevia leaf extract, and natural flavours. Vitamins C, B3, B5, B6 and B12 also appear in the list.\n\nThese names tell you what is listed, but not how much of each ingredient is in a serving. If your choice depends on a particular ingredient amount, the pack label is the final word.\n\nFor example, the presence of stevia leaf extract does not mean the powder is sugar free. Cane sugar and dextrose are both stated ingredients. Check the current nutrition panel if sugar content matters to your purchase.\n\nKeep dietary statements in context\n\nThe maker's description identifies this as a vegan drink powder. It also includes gluten free and non-GMO statements. Those details may help narrow your options, but they should not replace reading the packaging.\n\nNo independent certification information is supplied in the maker's description. A description statement and a named certification are not the same thing. This page does not add a certification that has not been provided.\n\nIf you are choosing a gluten free drink mix because of a strict dietary need, check the current allergen statement before opening it. The ingredient list here should not be treated as a full account of manufacturing or cross-contact information.\n\nThe same care applies when buying for another person. Let them review the label rather than assuming that one dietary statement covers every preference or restriction.\n\nKnow which size details matter\n\nThe bag contains 16 sticks. The unit count is listed as 256 g, while the item weight is separately given as 294 g. These figures belong to different fields and should not be treated as interchangeable.\n\nThe recorded dimensions are 8.89 x 20.32 x 22.86 cm. Individual stick measurements are not given by the maker, so these dimensions are not a guide to the size of a single sachet.\n\nFor most buyers, the more useful comparison is the number of sticks and the stated preparation amount. A larger-looking bag does not, by itself, tell you how many drinks it contains.\n\nIf storage space is tight, use the recorded dimensions as a reference and allow room to keep the pack dry and protected.\n\nDecide whether the format suits you\n\nPowdered drink sachets can be a practical choice when you prefer separate portions. You do not have to open a shared powder container each time you prepare a drink.\n\nThe maker identifies the product for adults. It does not provide directions for children, so it should not be chosen on the assumption that the same serving applies to them.\n\nThink about where you plan to prepare it. At home, you may already have a suitable container and water measure. Away from home, you will need to plan for those basics.\n\nThe format is only one part of the decision. Someone who prefers ready-made drinks may not want to mix powder, even if the individual sticks are easy to carry.\n\nCompare products using the label\n\nWhen comparing this 16 stick drink mix with another option, start with the serving count. Then look at how much water each serving requires. Different products may use different preparation amounts.\n\nNext, compare the ingredients and nutrition panels. Similar names such as electrolyte powder sticks do not mean that two products contain the same ingredients or quantities.\n\nThe maker does not give verified per-serving sugar, sodium or potassium amounts. It also does not give a complete nutrition panel. If one of those figures is central to your decision, seek the current label rather than filling in the gap from another product.\n\nPrice comparisons are more useful when they refer to the same thing. Compare a bag's stated serving count with another bag's serving count, not just the size of the packaging.\n\nStore the sticks with care\n\nThe supplied storage instruction is to keep the product in a cool, dry place. Choose a spot away from damp conditions, and keep the sticks protected until needed.\n\nIf you take an individual stick out of the bag, avoid leaving it where the packaging could be torn or wet. Keep the outer pack available so you can refer back to the ingredients and directions.\n\nAn expiry date is not provided by the maker. Check the date on the delivered pack before use, along with any additional storage instructions.\n\nThere is also no stated storage period for a prepared drink. Do not assume that the dry powder's storage guidance applies after mixing. Follow any prepared-drink directions on the pack.\n\nBuying a bag for someone else\n\nA lemon lime drink powder may be an option for an adult who already likes mixing drinks from individual sachets. The important part is knowing their preferences before you choose.\n\nCheck whether they want a powder format and whether the listed ingredients suit them. This product contains both sugar ingredients and stevia leaf extract, which may affect their decision.\n\nKeep the pack sealed until they have reviewed it. That preserves the original packaging and gives them a chance to check the current label themselves. It is a more useful approach than choosing on broad claims about what a drink powder should do.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before ordering\n\nA confirmed delivery timeframe is not given by the maker. Review our delivery and returns pages's current delivery information before ordering, especially if you need the pack for a particular date.\n\nFor a change of mind, returns are available within 14 days of delivery when the pack is unopened and in its original sealed packaging. The customer pays the return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us with your order details if there is a problem. Keeping the packaging available can help you explain which item arrived and what needs attention.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a bag of 16 individually packed drink powder sticks. The title names lemon lime, and the supplied directions call for one stick in 16 oz of water, mixed thoroughly.\n\nChoose it based on its format, flavour description and listed ingredients. Check the delivered label for nutrition amounts, expiry information and current directions. Keep the pack sealed until you are satisfied it is the right choice, then store it in a cool, dry place.", "llm_summary": "This electrolyte drink mix is supplied as 16 powder sticks in a bag, with 16 servings listed per container. The product title names lemon lime, while the detailed flavour field says lemon. Directions specify one stick added to 16 oz of water, mixed thoroughly before drinking. Ingredients include cane sugar, dextrose, salts, stevia leaf extract, natural flavours and vitamins C, B3, B5, B6 and B12. The maker's description identifies the product as adult, vegan, gluten free and non-GMO. The unit count is 256 g and item weight is 294 g. Country of origin is USA. Ingredient quantities, sugar content, expiry date and independent certifications are not specified by the maker. Store in a cool, dry place and follow the pack label.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/electrolyte-drink-mix-lemon-lime-16-sticks.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g", "sku": "electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g", "title": "Electrolyte Powder Watermelon 300 g", "slug": "electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g", "price": 38.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "electrolytes", "category_label": "Electrolytes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g/main-electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g.jpg" ], "description_short": "A watermelon-flavoured powder format lets you prepare a drink using the directions on the pack.", "description": "Choosing a drink powder without guessing\n\nBuying a drink powder online can be tricky when the maker gives only a few details. A flavour name and pack size help you narrow the choice, but they do not tell you the full ingredient list or how much powder goes into a serving.\n\nThis product is a watermelon electrolyte powder in a 300 g pack. It comes in powder form rather than as a ready-made drink. Those are the key facts to start with when comparing it with other options.\n\nThe next step is to separate what is known from what still needs checking. This guide explains the listed details, the limits of the available information and the practical points to consider before opening the pack. The label on the pack is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions, and should be read before use.\n\nWhat the 300 g pack tells you\n\nThe pack size gives you a clear quantity to compare. If you are looking at another powder with a different pack size, check the stated amount rather than judging by the size of its picture. Product images and container shapes are not a reliable way to compare quantities.\n\nA 300 g electrolyte powder pack does not, on its own, tell you how many drinks you can prepare. That depends on the labelled serving size, which is not given by the maker by the maker. There is also no confirmed scoop size or scoop inclusion.\n\nFor the same reason, you cannot work out a sound cost per serving from pack size alone. Wait until you have both the serving directions and the relevant price. Avoid borrowing a serving size from a similar-looking product, even if its flavour and packaging seem close.\n\nChoosing watermelon flavour\n\nFlavour is one of the few product details you can confirm here. This is a watermelon-flavoured drink mix, so it is an option to consider if watermelon is the flavour you are seeking.\n\nThe name does not describe how sweet it tastes. It also does not tell you whether the flavour comes from a particular ingredient or whether sugar or sweeteners are present. None of those details are supplied in the maker's description.\n\nWhen comparing watermelon drink powder options, keep flavour preference separate from ingredient needs. You may like the sound of a flavour but still need to check the full label before deciding. If you are buying for someone else, ask about their preference instead of assuming they will enjoy it.\n\nUnderstanding the powder format\n\nThis product is supplied as powder for preparing a drink according to its label. The maker does not include a mixing method, liquid quantity or serving amount. Those instructions need to come from the pack, not from a general guide.\n\nBefore preparing a serving, read the directions in full. Check what measuring method they call for and whether there are any limits or warnings. Do not assume that a spoon used for another product will measure the right amount here.\n\nThere is also no information about how quickly the powder mixes or what texture the prepared drink has. Claims about instant mixing, a clear finish or a particular mouthfeel would go beyond the supplied facts. If those details matter to you, seek confirmation before purchasing.\n\nRead the ingredient information carefully\n\nThe supplied ingredient information lists electrolytes. It does not name individual electrolytes or give their amounts, and it is not a complete ingredient breakdown.\n\nThat distinction matters when you compare electrolyte powder ingredients. A broad description does not answer questions about sugar, sweeteners, colours or other ingredients. It also does not establish a dietary claim.\n\nIf you need to avoid an ingredient, do not treat missing information as proof that it is absent. Read the full ingredient list and any other relevant statements on the pack. If you need those details before ordering, ask for them first.\n\nThe same approach applies to nutrition figures. None are supplied here, so there is no basis for comparing this powder by calories, sugar content or individual nutrient amounts.\n\nCheck allergens and dietary requirements\n\nElectrolyte powder allergens are not specified by the maker. That means this page cannot confirm that the product is free from a particular allergen or suitable for a particular dietary requirement.\n\nRead both the ingredient list and any precautionary allergen statements on the pack. They serve different purposes, so checking one is not a substitute for checking the other.\n\nThere is also no confirmed vegan or gluten-free statement here. Do not infer either from the word “electrolytes” or from the watermelon flavour. If your purchase depends on one of these points, get the information before opening the product.\n\nThis is especially important when buying a gift. The recipient's ingredient needs may be different from yours, and a flavour preference alone is not enough to decide suitability.\n\nWho should consider the warnings?\n\nSports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women. They should be used with a balanced diet. Read the warnings on the pack before using this product.\n\nDo not treat a flavoured drink powder as suitable for everyone simply because its description is short. The absence of detailed warnings from a brief product description is not a reason to skip the label.\n\nThis guide makes no health or performance promises. It describes the pack size, flavour and form, along with the information that still needs checking. Your buying decision should rest on the actual label details rather than benefits suggested by a product category.\n\nComparing this powder with another option\n\nStart with the facts you can compare fairly. Look at flavour, powder form and stated pack size. Then check whether each product provides a complete ingredient list, serving directions and allergen information.\n\nTry not to let a larger pack settle the decision on its own. Without serving sizes, two pack weights do not tell you which one makes more drinks. A lower pack price also does not automatically mean a lower cost per serving.\n\nKeep a short note of any unanswered questions. For this product, those include the serving amount, mixing quantity and complete ingredient list. The maker's description also leaves country of origin and pack dimensions unspecified.\n\nA careful comparison may take a little longer, but it keeps assumptions out of the purchase. That is more useful than choosing on the strength of a flavour name alone.\n\nHandling and storing the pack\n\nFollow the electrolyte powder storage instructions printed on the pack. The maker does not provide a storage temperature, shelf life or a set period for use after opening.\n\nAs general handling practice, use clean, dry utensils and close the pack after taking out the required amount. Keep the label available so you can refer back to the directions and date marking.\n\nDo not assume that storage advice for dry powder also applies to a prepared drink. Instructions for keeping a mixed drink are not given by the maker by the maker. Check the label for any relevant guidance before preparing it in advance.\n\nIf the pack arrives damaged, contact us about the issue. Faulty or damaged items are put right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993.\n\nPlan for dispatch and delivery\n\nDelivery is available within NZ only. We dispatch within 2 working days, and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier.\n\nAllow for both stages when planning your order. The dispatch window is separate from the courier delivery time, so it should not be read as a promise that the parcel will arrive within 2 working days.\n\nIf you are buying for a particular occasion, consider that timing before placing the order. Tracked delivery lets you follow the parcel's progress, but this page does not promise a specific arrival date.\n\nAlthough prices may be displayed in different currencies, the delivery coverage stated for this product remains NZ only.\n\nKeep the seal intact while deciding\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs only. If you are unsure whether to keep the product, leave the seal intact while you review the information available on the packaging.\n\nCheck the label promptly after delivery rather than leaving the decision until later. If a detail you need is unclear, contact us before opening the pack.\n\nFaulty or damaged items are handled under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. That is separate from the conditions for a change of mind return. No warranty is sold with this product.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a watermelon-flavoured electrolyte powder in a 300 g pack. It offers a clearly stated flavour, form and pack size, but the maker does not include full ingredients, allergens, nutrition figures or serving quantities.\n\nRead the label before use and follow its directions. Check the sports food warnings, allow for dispatch and delivery within New Zealand, and keep the pack unopened and sealed if you are still deciding whether it is right for you.", "llm_summary": "This product is a watermelon-flavoured electrolyte powder in a 300 g pack. The supplied ingredient information lists electrolytes, but a complete ingredient list, allergen statement, nutrition figures, serving size and serving count are not specified by the maker. The label on the pack is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions and should be read before use. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. Dispatch is within 2 working days, followed by up to 7 working days for tracked courier delivery within NZ only. Change of mind returns require unopened, sealed packs within 14 days of delivery. No warranty is sold.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/electrolyte-powder-watermelon-300-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves", "sku": "hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves", "title": "Strawberry Raspberry Hydration Powder, 30 Serves", "slug": "hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves", "price": 103.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "electrolytes", "category_label": "Electrolytes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "300 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/main-hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves-7.jpg" ], "description_short": "A strawberry raspberry powder listed as 30 serves, prepared with water according to the pack directions.", "description": "Start with the flavour and format you want\n\nChoosing a drink powder can be harder than it first looks. A product name may tell you the flavour and number of serves, but leave out the details that decide whether it belongs in your cupboard. Those details include the serving measure, the full ingredients and the amount of water needed.\n\nThis strawberry raspberry hydration powder is listed as a 30-serve product. It is a powder for mixing with water, rather than a ready-made drink. That gives you a clear starting point if you are looking for a berry-flavoured drink mix.\n\nThe next step is to check the label. This guide separates the supplied facts from the details that still need confirmation, so you can make a choice without filling in the gaps yourself.\n\nWhat the product information tells you\n\nThe stated flavour is strawberry raspberry, and the listed country of origin is New Zealand. The item dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 11.5 cm. These measurements may help when you are checking cupboard space, but they do not tell you the volume of the finished drink.\n\nThere are two different weight entries in the maker's description. Item weight is 300 g, while the separate unit-count field says 320.0 gram. Neither figure should be treated as a confirmed serving calculation. Check the declared net contents on the pack if weight is important to your purchase.\n\nThe maker's description also does not confirm individual sachets, an included scoop or a particular closure type. A 30-serve description is a serve count, not proof of how those serves are packaged.\n\nHow the powder is prepared\n\nThe supplied description says to mix the powder with water. Exact quantities are not provided, so the pack directions are needed before you prepare a drink.\n\nRead the directions all the way through first. Look for the amount of powder, the water volume and any stated mixing method. If a scoop is included, check whether the instructions call for a level measure or another amount. Do not assume a scoop from a different product is suitable.\n\nA clean drinking container and clean, dry measuring equipment are sensible starting points. Follow any further instructions on the pack. Mixing time, water temperature and the size of the finished serving are not specified by the maker.\n\nChoosing strawberry raspberry flavour\n\nFlavour preference is personal. Someone who likes berry drinks may want to consider this strawberry raspberry drink mix, but the name cannot tell you exactly how it will taste.\n\nThe available information does not describe its sweetness, tartness or strength once prepared. It also does not confirm real fruit content, the source of the flavouring or the type of sweetener used. A fruit flavour name is not a substitute for an ingredient list.\n\nIf you tend to choose drinks based on a particular sweetener or flavouring, check that information before buying. It is more useful than guessing from the colour of a product image or from a similar powder you have tried before.\n\nRead the ingredients before deciding\n\nThe supplied description names sodium, potassium, magnesium and calcium, with added vitamins. It does not give their amounts or identify the vitamins. It is also not a complete ingredient statement.\n\nFor that reason, use the pack when checking electrolyte powder ingredients. Read the whole list, including any smaller print next to the main panel. If you need a specific ingredient excluded, seek confirmation before opening or using the product.\n\nThe same care applies to allergen information. No allergen statement is supplied here. An ingredient list and an allergen statement may answer different questions, so check both rather than treating one as a replacement for the other.\n\nThere is no confirmed sugar-free, gluten-free or vegan claim in the maker's description.\n\nWork out what 30 serves means for you\n\nThe 30-serve description helps identify the pack, but it does not tell you how long it will last in your home. That depends on the directions and how many labelled servings are prepared.\n\nDo not divide either listed weight by 30 to create your own serving size. The two weight entries differ, and neither is a substitute for the printed serving measure. The hydration powder serving size needs to come from the label.\n\nIt is also worth keeping serves and finished drink volume separate. Two powders can list the same number of serves yet require different amounts of water. When comparing products, look for both figures so you are comparing the same kind of information.\n\nCompare powders on clear facts\n\nWhen you compare an electrolyte drink powder with other options, start with the details that matter to you. Flavour, format, serving directions and ingredients are useful places to begin.\n\nPrice comparisons need some care. A listed price per pack does not show the full picture if serving counts or preparation amounts differ. Use the current store price and the confirmed label information rather than assuming every pack makes the same quantity.\n\nKeep unknown details in view as well. If another description provides an ingredient panel and the maker's description does not, that missing information may need to be resolved before you choose. A short question to the store can be more useful than a long comparison based on guesses.\n\nDecide whether it suits the intended user\n\nThis guide can describe the format and supplied details, but it cannot confirm suitability for every person. Age guidance and suitability for pregnancy or a medically restricted diet are not specified by the maker.\n\nIf any of those points matter, check the full label and seek suitable professional advice before use. Do not rely on the general product category to answer a personal dietary question.\n\nThe same approach helps when buying for a household. One person's flavour preference does not establish that everyone can use the product. Keep the pack available so each intended user can read the ingredients, allergen advice and directions for themselves.\n\nKeep preparation and storage straightforward\n\nBefore opening the pack, read its storage advice and date marking. the maker's description does not supply a batch-specific best-before or expiry date, so that needs checking on delivery.\n\nKeep the packaging closed between uses and avoid introducing moisture into the powder. Clean, dry measuring equipment helps keep preparation tidy. Retaining the original packaging also keeps the directions and ingredient information close at hand.\n\nFor a prepared drink, follow any storage or use-by advice printed on the pack. No after-mixing storage period is given here. Do not assume that instructions for a different drink mix apply, even if the products look similar or share a flavour.\n\nCheck the pack when it arrives\n\nA quick check on arrival can prevent confusion later. Confirm that the delivered product matches what you ordered, then read the flavour name, serve count and pack directions before breaking the seal.\n\nThis is also the time to check the declared net contents against your expectations. The maker contains different weight entries, so the physical label matters. If something looks wrong or the product does not match its description, contact us for help rather than trying to resolve the difference by guessing.\n\nKeep the packaging and order details available while an issue is being checked. For a change-of-mind decision, leaving the original seal intact is important under the stated return policy.\n\nBuying it as a gift\n\nA 30 serve hydration powder may be a gift option for someone who has asked for this flavour or format. It is harder to choose well when you do not know their ingredient preferences or dietary needs.\n\nAsk first if you can. The flavour name alone cannot answer questions about allergens, sweeteners or suitability. If you cannot confirm those details, avoid making promises about what the recipient can use.\n\nGive the product in its original packaging so the recipient can read all the printed information. Keeping it unopened also preserves the option of a change-of-mind return within the stated period, provided the other return conditions are met.\n\nDelivery and returns in New Zealand\n\nA delivery lead time is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the delivery information shown when ordering, especially if you want the pack by a particular date. There is no basis here for promising arrival within a set number of days.\n\nFor the New Zealand store, change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery. Packs must be unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from deciding you no longer want an otherwise correctly supplied pack. Contact us if you are unsure which situation applies.\n\nThe short version\n\nChoose this product if you are looking for strawberry raspberry flavour in a powder listed as 30 serves, then confirm the label details before use.\n\nThe exact serving measure, water quantity, complete ingredient list and allergen statement are not given by the maker by the maker. Weight entries also differ, so check the declared net contents on the pack. A careful label check is the simplest way to decide whether this drink mix matches what you want.", "llm_summary": "This is a strawberry raspberry electrolyte hydration powder listed as 30 serves. It is a powder for mixing with water according to the pack directions. The country of origin is New Zealand and the listed dimensions are 10.5 x 10.5 x 11.5 cm. Item weight is listed as 300 g, while a separate unit-count field states 320.0 gram. Confirm net contents on the pack. Exact serving size, water volume, complete ingredients and allergen information are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word. New Zealand change-of-mind returns require unopened, originally sealed packaging within 14 days of delivery. Customers pay return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/hydration-powder-strawberry-raspberry-30-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves", "sku": "hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves", "title": "Hydration Salts Unflavoured 30 Serves", "slug": "hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves", "price": 135.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "electrolytes", "category_label": "Electrolytes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves/main-hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 30 serve pack of hydration salts made from sodium chloride, magnesium gluconate, potassium chloride and silica, with no flavouring, no colour and no sweetener.", "description": "The problem with most drink mixes\n\nWalk down the hydration aisle and nearly everything is flavoured. Berry, citrus, tropical, sometimes a blue one. That is fine for the first week. By week three, a lot of people quietly go off it. A flavour you chose on a Tuesday morning is a flavour you are stuck with for the next twenty nine serves.\n\nThere is a second issue. When something is flavoured, it usually needs a sweetener to carry that flavour, plus a colour so it looks like what it says on the tub. None of that is sinister, but it does lengthen the ingredient list, and plenty of people would rather it stayed short.\n\nThat is where an unflavoured electrolyte powder comes in. You stir the salts into water, and the water still mostly tastes like water. Nothing is pretending to be mango.\n\nWhat this product actually is\n\nHydration Salts Unflavoured 30 Serves is a powder, sold in a pack of thirty serves. The ingredients listed by the maker are sodium chloride (organic lake salt, Lake Deborah, Western Australia), magnesium gluconate, potassium chloride and silica.\n\nThree of those four are the sodium potassium magnesium salts the name points to. The fourth, silica, is a very common anti-caking agent. Its job is dull and useful. It keeps the powder loose so it pours and scoops cleanly instead of setting into a brick at the bottom of the pack.\n\nWhat you will not find in that list is flavouring, colour or sweetener. That is the defining feature of the product and the main reason to choose it over a flavoured alternative.\n\nWe should be straight about something here. We are not going to tell you what this product does for your body, your training, your sleep or anything else. It is a food, and we describe foods by what is in them, what size the pack is, and how the maker says to prepare them. The pack label carries the formal ingredient list, the allergen statement and the directions, and that label is the final word. Read it before you use the product.\n\nHow you make a serve\n\nThe maker's direction is simple. Mix a serve with 400 to 600 mls of water.\n\nThat is a wide enough range to be useful. 400 mls fits most glasses. 600 mls is closer to a standard drink bottle. The amount of water changes how noticeable the salt note is, so if you find a serve in 400 mls a bit sharp, go to 500 or 600 and it softens.\n\nA bottle with a screw lid is the easiest tool for the job. Pour the water, add the serve, put the lid on, shake it for a few seconds. Stirring in a glass works too, it just takes a little more patience. Room temperature water disperses powder faster than ice cold water, so if you are using fridge water, give it an extra shake.\n\nMake it fresh each time rather than mixing a jug in the morning and working through it over the day. That is general good practice with any made up drink, not something specific to this product.\n\nWho tends to go for an unflavoured mix\n\nIn our experience, the people who look for the best unflavoured electrolyte powder fall into a few groups.\n\nThere are the label readers. They want to know every ingredient and they want that list to be short. Four ingredients suits them.\n\nThere are people who already drink something with flavour all day, coffee, tea, a soft drink here and there, and do not want yet another flavoured liquid. Their water is the one plain thing they have, and they would like to keep it that way.\n\nThen there are the practical ones. A thirty serve pack is tidier than a box of individual sachets, and it works out to about a month at one serve a day. It sits on the bench, it goes in a bag, it does not generate thirty bits of foil.\n\nAnd there are people who simply dislike sweeteners. Not for any dramatic reason. They just do not like the taste.\n\nWho should not use it\n\nThis is a sports food, and the maker's warning is clear. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15, and they are not suitable for pregnant women. They should be used alongside a balanced diet rather than in place of proper food.\n\nIf you have a health condition, take medication, or are on a diet that limits sodium or potassium, talk to a qualified health professional before adding anything like this. We cannot give that advice and we are not going to pretend otherwise.\n\nHow to choose between packs like this\n\nA few questions sort most of it out.\n\nFirst, flavoured or not. This is the big one and it is purely preference. If you know you will get bored of a flavour, unflavoured is the safer buy. If you need the drink to taste like something to get through it, buy a flavoured one instead.\n\nSecond, how long you want a pack to last. Thirty serves at one a day is about a month. If two people in the house will use it, halve that. If you only reach for it occasionally, a thirty serve pack might sit around for a while, so storage matters more.\n\nThird, the ingredient list. Read it against anything else you are considering. Short lists are easier to assess. This one has four items, all named above.\n\nFourth, the directions. 400 to 600 mls per serve tells you something practical, that this is designed for a decent sized drink rather than a small shot. If you usually sip from a 750 ml bottle, that is useful to know when you plan your day.\n\nLooking after the pack\n\nHydration salts are hygroscopic, which is a long word for they like moisture. Give them any and they clump.\n\nSo, four habits worth building. Keep the pack sealed when you are not using it. Store it somewhere cool and dry, out of direct sun, not next to the kettle. Use a dry scoop or spoon every single time, because a damp one is the usual culprit behind a solid lump halfway down the pack. And do not leave the scoop sitting inside an open pack in a humid kitchen.\n\nIf you do get small clumps, you can usually break them up and carry on. If the powder looks, smells or behaves oddly, do not use it. Get in touch with us instead.\n\nDelivery and returns in plain terms\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Delivery is NZ only.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery, on unopened and sealed packs only. That is standard for food products, since we cannot resell an opened pack. If your order arrives faulty or damaged, that is put right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, so send us your order number and a photo and we will handle it.\n\nNo warranty is sold with this product. Your consumer law rights are unaffected by that.\n\nThe short version\n\nHydration Salts Unflavoured 30 Serves is a plain, powdered electrolyte mix in a thirty serve pack. Four listed ingredients, sodium chloride from Lake Deborah in Western Australia, magnesium gluconate, potassium chloride and silica. No flavour, no colour, no sweetener.\n\nMix a serve with 400 to 600 mls of water, shake, drink. Keep the pack sealed and dry, use a dry scoop, and buy it because you want your water left alone rather than disguised.\n\nIt is a sports food, so it is not for children under 15 or for pregnant women, and it belongs alongside a balanced diet. Read the pack label before you use it, every time, because the label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions.", "llm_summary": "Hydration Salts Unflavoured 30 Serves is a powdered, unflavoured electrolyte product supplied in a pack of thirty serves. The ingredients listed by the maker are sodium chloride (organic lake salt, Lake Deborah, Western Australia), magnesium gluconate, potassium chloride and silica. There is no added flavouring, colour or sweetener. The maker's directions are to mix a serve with 400 to 600 mls of water. Brand, GTIN, MPN, pack weight, dimensions and country of origin are not specified by the maker, and no nutrition figures, certifications or test results are listed. It is a sports food, which the maker notes is not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. The pack label is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/hydration-salts-unflavoured-30-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks", "sku": "zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks", "title": "Zero Sugar Electrolyte Mix Lemonade Salt 30 Sticks", "slug": "zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks", "price": 188.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "electrolytes", "category_label": "Electrolytes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "6 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/main-zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/electrolytes/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks-5.jpg" ], "description_short": "A pack of 30 powder sticks gives you separate portions to mix with your choice of drink.", "description": "A powder drink without the measuring scoop\n\nA large tub of drink powder is not always the format you want. You may prefer separate portions that can stay sealed until you need them, without a scoop to find or loose powder to measure. That is the main practical appeal of these electrolyte drink mix sticks.\n\nThis option contains 30 sticks of Lemonade Salt powder, with 30 servings listed per container. It is a mix for adding to a drink, not a bottled beverage or a tablet.\n\nBefore choosing it, look beyond the flavour name. The listed mineral amounts, ingredients and preparation directions matter just as much as the pack format. This guide explains what the maker's description tells you and which details still need checking on the label.\n\nWhat is inside each stick?\n\nEach stick is listed as containing 1000 mg sodium, 200 mg potassium and 60 mg magnesium. These are the stated mineral amounts for a stick, not a complete nutrition panel.\n\nThe supplied ingredient list is salt (sodium chloride), citric acid, magnesium malate, potassium chloride and natural flavour. Salt is named as sodium chloride, while the potassium and magnesium ingredients are listed separately.\n\nThose details help you compare one sodium electrolyte powder with another. Compare the amounts per serving, rather than assuming that products with similar flavour names have similar formulas.\n\nThere is no full nutrition panel in the maker's description. Calories, a numerical carbohydrate amount and other nutrition details are not specified. For those figures, the physical pack label is the final word.\n\nUnderstand the Lemonade Salt flavour\n\nLemonade Salt is the stated flavour of this product. That gives you a useful starting point, but it does not tell you exactly how sweet, sharp or salty the prepared drink will taste.\n\nThe maker does not include a sweetness scale or a tasting description. It would be misleading to promise that it tastes like a particular lemonade or another drink you already know.\n\nIf you are choosing lemonade flavour drink powder for someone else, check that they want this flavour first. A familiar word on the pack does not guarantee a familiar taste, especially when the formula also lists sodium, potassium and magnesium.\n\nYour chosen liquid and dilution may also change the taste of the finished drink. Follow the stated preparation range rather than guessing from the flavour name.\n\nHow to prepare the powder\n\nThe supplied directions say to mix one stick with 16–32 ounces of water, sparkling water, tea or a smoothie, or more. Check the current pack label before preparing your first serving.\n\nChoose a vessel large enough for the amount of liquid you plan to use. A small cup may not hold the stated mixing range. Use a clean glass or bottle and clean utensils.\n\nFor still water, add the powder and mix until it is dispersed. If you choose sparkling water, leave room at the top and stir carefully. Do not shake a sealed container of carbonated liquid.\n\nTea and smoothies are also named options, but the maker does not provide a tea temperature or a smoothie recipe. Avoid treating those examples as detailed instructions. Any more specific directions on the pack should take priority.\n\nChoose the liquid amount thoughtfully\n\nThe mixing range is wide, from 16 to 32 ounces, with more liquid also allowed in the supplied directions. That gives you a choice about how diluted the prepared drink will be.\n\nUsing more water changes the concentration of the drink, but it does not change the listed mineral amount in the stick. One whole stick still contains the same stated amount of powder ingredients.\n\nThis distinction is useful when comparing an electrolyte mix for water with other powders. A larger prepared drink is not necessarily a larger serving of powder.\n\nThe maker does not give a daily frequency. Instructions for mixing one stick should not be read as advice about how often to drink it. Check the label and seek individual guidance where needed.\n\nWhat the dietary descriptions tell you\n\nThe product is listed as sugar free, low carb and keto. It also has a gluten free allergen statement.\n\nThese descriptions may help narrow your search for a zero sugar electrolyte powder, but they do not replace the full label. For example, low carb is listed without a numerical carbohydrate amount. Keto is a diet description in the maker's description, not a personalised recommendation.\n\nNo sweetener is named in the supplied ingredient list. That alone is not enough to make a separate claim that the product is sweetener free.\n\nIf you need a gluten free electrolyte mix, read the physical pack before use. The maker does not provide a separate certification, full cross-contact statement or details about the manufacturing site.\n\nWho should look more closely before choosing?\n\nThe listed age group is adult. There are no directions for children in the maker's details, so do not assume that the same preparation or use applies to them.\n\nThe sodium amount also deserves a clear look. Each stick lists 1000 mg sodium. Anyone who has been told to limit sodium or other minerals should ask their healthcare professional before using this product.\n\nThe same careful approach applies when you are buying for another person. Their dietary preferences may be easy to ask about, while medical advice they have received may not be something you know.\n\nThis page describes the product format and listed contents. It does not establish whether this particular mineral mix is appropriate for your individual needs.\n\nIs a 30-stick pack the right format?\n\nSingle serve electrolyte sticks remove the need to measure powder from a tub. You open a separate portion when you are ready to prepare it.\n\nThat may appeal if you prefer keeping unused portions sealed. It also makes the serving count easy to understand. The pack lists 30 sticks and 30 servings.\n\nStill, a 30-stick pack is a flavour commitment. If you have not tried Lemonade Salt before, take time to consider the flavour and listed ingredients rather than choosing on pack count alone.\n\nFor portable drink mix sticks, remember that the powder is only one part of preparation. You still need an appropriate drink, enough liquid and a vessel that can hold it. The stick format does not make this a ready-to-drink product.\n\nCompare the details that matter\n\nWhen comparing a magnesium electrolyte mix or potassium drink mix, start with the amount per serving. Here, magnesium is listed at 60 mg and potassium at 200 mg per stick.\n\nNext, check the serving format. A scoop, tablet and stick may each represent a different amount of product. Comparing only the number of servings on the front of a pack can miss that difference.\n\nThen read the ingredient and allergen information. A sugar free drink mix may still differ from another sugar free option in flavour ingredients and mineral amounts.\n\nFinally, compare the directions. The amount of liquid needed affects the size of the drink you will prepare. It is a practical detail worth checking before buying a new bottle or setting aside cupboard space.\n\nCheck the weight information before relying on it\n\nThe maker contains weight entries that do not line up. It lists a weight of 6 g and a unit count of 254 g, alongside 30 sticks.\n\nThose figures should not be used to calculate a confirmed total net weight or a confirmed weight per serving. The pack label is the final word on net contents.\n\nProduct dimensions are listed as 11.02 × 8.03 × 16.51 cm. These are product dimensions, not confirmed measurements for each individual stick.\n\nThe country of origin is listed as USA. No manufacturing address, batch information or batch-specific date is supplied here. If one of those details is important to your purchase, confirm it rather than making an assumption.\n\nStorage, delivery and returns\n\nKeep unused sticks in their sealed packaging and follow the storage instructions printed on the pack. Specific storage temperatures and shelf life are not given by the maker.\n\nWhen the pack arrives, check the seal and printed date before use. If the packaging or description appears wrong, contact us before opening it.\n\nA delivery timeframe is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery information for your address before ordering, particularly if the pack is intended as a gift.\n\nReturns are accepted within 14 days of delivery when packs are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis Lemonade Salt electrolyte mix offers 30 separate powder sticks and 30 listed servings. It is described as sugar free, low carb and gluten free, with sodium, potassium and magnesium amounts stated per stick.\n\nChoose it for the flavour, format and listed contents, not for benefits that the maker does not establish. Read the pack label for final directions, full nutrition details and net contents. If those details fit what you need, the separate-stick format gives you a straightforward way to prepare a portion without measuring from a tub.", "llm_summary": "This zero sugar electrolyte mix is a Lemonade Salt flavoured powder supplied in 30 stick packs, with 30 servings listed per container. Each stick is listed as containing 1000 mg sodium, 200 mg potassium and 60 mg magnesium. Ingredients are salt (sodium chloride), citric acid, magnesium malate, potassium chloride and natural flavour. The maker describes the product as sugar free, low carb, keto and gluten free, and identifies it for adults. Directions state to mix one stick with 16–32 ounces of water, sparkling water, tea or a smoothie, or more. Country of origin is USA. Complete nutrition details, storage conditions and shelf life are not specified by the maker. Weight entries conflict, so the pack label is the final word.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/zero-sugar-electrolyte-mix-lemonade-salt-30-sticks.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "organic-psyllium-husks-700-g", "sku": "organic-psyllium-husks-700-g", "title": "Organic Psyllium Husks 700 g", "slug": "organic-psyllium-husks-700-g", "price": 95.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "greens-and-fibre", "category_label": "Greens And Fibre", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "700 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g/main-organic-psyllium-husks-700-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A single 700 g bag offers a powder-format ingredient to use according to the pack directions.", "description": "Start with the pack, not the promises\n\nBuying a pantry ingredient online should be straightforward. Yet similar product names can hide differences in pack size, form and directions. When you are choosing psyllium husks, those details matter more than a long list of promises.\n\nThis item is listed as Organic Psyllium Husks 700 g. The maker describes one bag, gives the form as powder and names Psyllium Husk as the ingredient and flavour. Those are the useful starting points for deciding whether it matches your shopping list.\n\nSome details are not given by the maker, including a serving size and full preparation instructions. That does not mean you should fill in the gaps with directions from another product. The current pack label is the final word. This guide helps you compare what is known, spot what needs checking and make a considered purchase.\n\nMake sure 700 g is the quantity you want\n\nPack size is one of the easiest details to compare, provided you use the same units. This product contains a stated 700 g in one bag. It is not listed as several small portions or a set of individual sachets.\n\nThink about how you prefer to buy pantry ingredients. A single bag may suit someone who already knows the product and wants this quantity. If you are trying it for the first time, consider whether you want to commit to a 700 g pack before you know the printed directions.\n\nThe supplied reference text mentions a different pack size in one passage. This page follows the product title and structured weight, both of which identify 700 g. When your order arrives, check the net quantity on the sealed package against the order details before opening it.\n\nUnderstand the listed form\n\nThe product name uses “husks”, while the item-form field says “powder”. Keep both details in mind when comparing it with another psyllium husk bag. A product name alone may not tell you enough about the format your recipe expects.\n\nIf your intended use calls for a particular grind or texture, the maker's description does not provide that level of detail. It does not state particle size or give a close description of how fine the contents are. Ask for clarification before ordering if that distinction is important.\n\nThe same caution applies when comparing psyllium husk powder with other formats. Do not assume that an amount given for one product transfers directly to another. Choose by the exact product details and printed directions, not just by a shared ingredient name.\n\nCheck the ingredient and flavour entries\n\nThe ingredient entry supplied for this product is Psyllium Husk. The flavour is also listed as Psyllium Husk. No added flavour is named in the maker's description, but that is not a substitute for reading the final ingredient declaration.\n\nFor a straightforward comparison, look at the ingredient information on each product you are considering. A familiar name on the front of a pack is useful, but the full label gives you the details needed to decide whether it matches your preferences.\n\nThe maker does not include a full nutrition panel. It also does not provide the complete printed directions. If either is central to your choice, seek the current label information before paying rather than trying to work it out from the pack weight or product title.\n\nRead “organic” with the right level of care\n\nOrganic appears in this product's name. However, the maker does not identify an organic certification body, certificate number or certification mark.\n\nThat distinction matters if you buy only products carrying a particular certification. The name tells you how the product is listed, but this page cannot confirm a standard that has not been supplied. Ask to see the relevant current label details if certification is a deciding factor.\n\nThere is no need to guess or treat missing information as proof either way. Keep the question narrow. You want to know what appears on this specific pack and whether that meets your own buying requirements.\n\nUse the pack directions for preparation\n\nThe maker suggests smoothies, cereals and juices as possible uses. These suggestions help explain where the ingredient might fit in a kitchen, but they do not provide a measured method.\n\nIf you are buying psyllium husk for smoothies, check the label before adding it to your usual recipe. The maker does not tell you how much to use, how much liquid to add or whether there are any preparation steps to follow. Those details should not be borrowed from a different bag.\n\nThe same applies to psyllium husk for cereal or juice. A suggested use is not a serving instruction. Read the package first, then decide whether the directions work with the food or drink you had in mind. Avoid relying on an assumed teaspoon or scoop size.\n\nDecide whether the adult description fits your purchase\n\nThe age-range field identifies this as an adult product. No directions for children are supplied, and no child-specific serving is stated.\n\nFor an adult purchase, the next step is still to read the pack. The age field does not replace the rest of the instructions or confirm that the item meets every personal requirement. If you need individual advice about using it, seek that advice rather than treating a product page as a personal recommendation.\n\nThis guide does not make health or treatment claims. Its purpose is to explain the listed pack, form and ingredient details so you can make a clearer shopping decision. Choose it for those stated characteristics, not for an outcome that the maker's description does not establish.\n\nCheck allergen information before opening\n\nThe maker includes Dairy Free, Gluten Free, Peanut Free and Soy Free in its allergen information. These are useful details when narrowing your search, especially if you are comparing several similar products.\n\nStill, a description entry is not a full cross-contact statement. The maker does not include details about shared equipment or handling facilities. If you need gluten free psyllium husk, or any other specific allergen exclusion, check the current package wording before use.\n\nDo that check while the bag is still sealed. If the label leaves an important question unanswered, contact us for clarification. It is better to pause at that point than to open the package and discover that the available information does not meet your needs.\n\nRead origin information carefully\n\nThe structured country-of-origin field says Australia. The maker's description also mentions husks sourced from India and packed in Australia. Those statements do not give a single, clear account of the ingredient's origin.\n\nFor that reason, this page does not turn the structured field into a claim that the ingredient was grown in Australia. Packing location and ingredient origin are different details, and buyers may care about one or both.\n\nIf origin affects your decision, ask for the current pack statement before ordering. Use its exact wording rather than an assumption based on our delivery and returns pages location or the country named in a short product field.\n\nPlan for storage without assuming the closure\n\nThe listed dimensions are 8 x 17.5 x 27.5 cm. They give you a rough basis for checking shelf space, although the maker does not describe the shape of the bag once opened or partly used.\n\nA resealable closure is not confirmed for this particular 700 g item. Reference text mentions one alongside a different pack size, so it would be unwise to promise that feature here. Check the actual package when it arrives.\n\nFollow its storage instructions and keep the package closed between uses. Use clean, dry utensils when handling the contents. The maker does not specify a shelf life or an after-opening period, so read the date and storage wording on the delivered pack rather than setting your own deadline.\n\nCompare value using confirmed details\n\nWhen comparing 700 g psyllium husks with another size, look at the price for the same quantity. A lower bag price does not always mean a lower price by weight if the packs contain different amounts.\n\nDo not compare by cost per serving unless both products provide a serving size. The maker does not, so a reliable serving count cannot be calculated here. Pack weight is the clearer basis for comparison.\n\nAlso consider how much certainty you need before buying. Format, allergen wording and preparation directions may matter more to you than a small price difference. A useful purchase is one that fits your intended use and has the label information you need.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before ordering\n\nNo delivery lead time is supplied in the maker's description. Check the delivery details for your address before ordering, especially if you want the bag by a particular date. Do not assume that availability means arrival within a fixed number of days.\n\nFor change-of-mind returns, the stated window is 14 days from delivery. The pack must be unopened and in its original sealed packaging, and the customer pays return postage. Inspect the product promptly so you have time to raise any questions.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If something does not match your order, contact us and explain the issue rather than opening the bag to investigate further.\n\nThe short version\n\nChoose this item if you want the listed combination of one 700 g bag, powder form and Psyllium Husk as the named ingredient. Suggested uses include smoothies, cereals and juices, but preparation amounts are not given by the maker by the maker.\n\nBefore buying, confirm any details that matter to you, particularly certification, origin and allergen wording. When it arrives, read the label while the pack is still sealed. That simple check gives you a sound basis for deciding whether to keep it and how to follow its directions.", "llm_summary": "Organic Psyllium Husks 700 g is listed as one bag in powder form for adults. The ingredient and flavour entries identify Psyllium Husk. Listed dimensions are 8 x 17.5 x 27.5 cm. The allergen information states Dairy Free, Gluten Free, Peanut Free and Soy Free. Suggested uses include smoothies, cereals and juices. Serving size, full preparation directions, organic certification details and storage limits are not specified by the maker. The structured origin field says Australia, while reference text mentions Indian sourcing and Australian packing. Check the current pack label for final details. The applicable change-of-mind return window is 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging, with customer-paid postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/organic-psyllium-husks-700-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets", "sku": "organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets", "title": "Organic Soluble Fibre Powder 30 Sachets", "slug": "organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets", "price": 78.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "greens-and-fibre", "category_label": "Greens And Fibre", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "272 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/main-organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "An unflavoured powder in 30 sachets, with a listed 7 g of partially hydrolyzed guar gum per sachet.", "description": "Choosing a fibre powder can be harder than it looks. Pack sizes differ, serving amounts are not always clear, and a product title rarely tells you everything you need to know. If you prefer separate sachets to a bulk container, this pack gives you a clear starting point: 30 sachets of unflavoured powder.\n\nThe useful details are the ingredient amount, the directions and the packaging. This guide explains those facts without turning them into promises about results. It also points out where the maker's description leaves questions unanswered, so you can decide what to check before you buy or open the pack.\n\nWhat is in this pack?\n\nOrganic Soluble Fibre Powder 30 Sachets contains 30 individually packed servings. The supplied ingredient statement lists 7 g of partially hydrolyzed guar gum per sachet. The flavour is listed as unflavoured, and the dosage form is powder.\n\nThose details matter more than a broad product name. “Fibre powder” can describe different ingredients and serving formats. When comparing products, look for the named ingredient and its stated amount, not just the number of sachets in the box.\n\nThere is one inconsistency in the source details. A catalogue field calls the item chewable, while the product name, dosage form and preparation directions describe powder. This page follows the powder description. The physical pack should confirm the format before you use it.\n\nHow the sachet format works\n\nEach sachet holds an individually packed portion. The supplied directions say to take one sachet daily, so there is no instruction here to measure a serving from a larger container. You still need to read the label and follow its preparation steps.\n\nSeparate packets can be useful when you want to keep a few servings at work or carry them away from home. You can leave the remaining sachets sealed rather than taking the whole box. Individual sachet dimensions are not given by the maker, so their exact size is unknown.\n\nThe box contains 30 listed servings. At the stated rate of one sachet daily, that is 30 daily servings. It is clearer to use that count than to call it a month’s supply, since calendar months vary.\n\nRead the ingredient amount carefully\n\nThe listed active ingredient is partially hydrolyzed guar gum, at 7 g per sachet. That figure should not be treated as proof that the sachet contains exactly 7 g of total powder or exactly 7 g of dietary fibre on a nutrition panel.\n\nThese are different kinds of information. An active ingredient statement names an ingredient and its amount. A nutrition panel may report dietary fibre separately. A full panel is not provided by the maker.\n\nIf you are comparing guar gum fibre sachets with another product, compare matching figures. Put active ingredient amounts beside active ingredient amounts. Do not compare one product’s total powder weight with another product’s dietary fibre value and assume they mean the same thing.\n\nPreparing the powder\n\nThe supplied fibre powder mixing directions offer two methods. For the first, stir the water and slowly add the powder. For the second, add the powder to a bottle of water and shake to dissolve.\n\nA required water volume is not stated. Neither is a stirring time, shaking time or water temperature. The pack label is the final word on those points. It is better to check than to borrow directions from a different powder.\n\nThe maker's description also mentions other drinks, including juice, coffee and smoothies. However, the directions supplied with the maker's description describe water. If you want to use another drink or add the powder to food, read the current pack instructions first.\n\nUse clean equipment when preparing it. Open the sachet when you are ready to follow the directions, rather than leaving loose powder exposed while you do other things.\n\nWho should check the directions closely?\n\nThe supplied directions are for adults or children above 12 years old. That wording does not include children aged 12 or younger. Do not assume a smaller serving is suitable for a younger child.\n\nThe maker does not provide tailored directions for pregnancy, breastfeeding, medicine use or individual dietary needs. If any of those apply, ask a qualified healthcare professional to review the full label with you.\n\nThis page describes the product’s format and supplied information. It does not establish whether the product is suitable for a particular person. A familiar ingredient name or a convenient packet size cannot answer that question on its own.\n\nUnflavoured does not tell the whole ingredient story\n\nThe flavour field says unflavoured. That is useful if you are comparing this pack with flavoured powders, but it is not a substitute for a complete ingredient list.\n\nThe maker's description names the active ingredient without providing a full label panel. Do not assume that the active ingredient statement covers every component or every warning printed on the packaging.\n\nFor the same reason, choose an unflavoured fibre powder based on the information you can confirm. If taste or another ingredient is a deciding factor, check the current label before opening the pack. Keep expectations tied to the listed format rather than to assumptions about every possible drink mixture.\n\nDietary and allergen details to verify\n\nThe maker describes the product as plant based. It also states that it is free from gluten, soy and dairy. Those are description statements, not a complete allergen assessment.\n\nIf you need to avoid an ingredient, read the physical pack for both the ingredient list and any cross-contact warning. A short product summary may not show all the information that matters to your circumstances.\n\n“Organic” appears in the product name, but the maker's description does not provide a certification body or certificate number. If verified certification is central to your purchase, seek that detail before deciding. The product name alone does not fill that gap.\n\nComparing sachets with a bulk container\n\nThe main format choice is simple. A sachet gives you a separately packed portion, while a bulk powder requires you to follow that product’s measuring directions. Which suits you depends on how you prefer to organise your supplies.\n\nIndividual fibre sachets may appeal if you dislike carrying a full container between places. A bulk format may appeal if you prefer keeping everything in one container. Neither format, by itself, tells you anything about ingredient quality or personal suitability.\n\nFor a fair price comparison, check the pack count alongside the stated serving amount. A lower pack price does not always mean a lower cost per comparable serving. Also check whether the products use the same ingredient before treating them as direct alternatives.\n\nTaking sachets away from home\n\nIf you are considering fibre powder for travel, the separate packets are the relevant feature. You can select the number you need and keep the rest of the pack at home.\n\nKeep enough packaging or label information with you to identify the product and read its directions. This is especially useful when the full instructions appear on the outer box rather than on each sachet.\n\nTravel rules vary. Check the requirements for your carrier and destination before packing food or supplements. Small packets are not automatically exempt from border or transport rules, and the maker's description does not provide travel approval for any destination.\n\nStorage and pack checks\n\nFollow the storage instructions printed on the current pack. No exact temperature range is supplied here, so there is no basis for giving one.\n\nKeep the sachets sealed until needed and protect them from moisture. Check the expiry date and look over the packaging before use. If a seal appears damaged, ask us for guidance rather than assuming the contents are suitable.\n\nThe listed item weight is 272 g, with dimensions of 9.3 x 8.2 x 13.69 cm. These figures help describe the item, but they do not establish each sachet’s size or net powder weight. Avoid dividing the item weight by 30 to create a serving figure.\n\nDelivery, gifting and returns\n\nA delivery lead time is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the store’s delivery details for your address before ordering, especially if you need the pack by a certain date.\n\nFor gifting, choose this type of product only when you know the recipient wants it. Leave the pack sealed so they can read the label and decide whether it meets their needs.\n\nFor New Zealand change-of-mind returns, the stated window is 14 days from delivery. Packs must be unopened and in their original sealed packaging, and the customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Read the pack before opening if you are still deciding.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 30 sachet fibre pack with an unflavoured powder format and a listed 7 g of partially hydrolyzed guar gum per sachet. The supplied directions describe one sachet daily for adults or children above 12 years old, prepared in water by stirring or shaking.\n\nChoose it on those facts. Check the current label for the complete ingredients, allergen information, water amount and storage directions. The sachet format is straightforward, but the pack label remains the final word before use.", "llm_summary": "Organic Soluble Fibre Powder 30 Sachets is an unflavoured powder supplied in 30 sachets, with 30 listed servings. The ingredient information states 7 g of partially hydrolyzed guar gum per sachet. Directions supplied in the maker's description say adults or children above 12 years old take one sachet daily, mixed into water by stirring or shaking. The listed item weight is 272 g and dimensions are 9.3 x 8.2 x 13.69 cm. The maker describes the diet type as plant based. A complete ingredient panel, water volume, country of origin and organic certification are not specified by the maker. The current pack label is the final word on ingredients, allergens, serving instructions and storage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/organic-soluble-fibre-powder-30-sachets.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves", "sku": "super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves", "title": "Pineapple Super Greens Powder, 30 Serves", "slug": "super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves", "price": 154.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "greens-and-fibre", "category_label": "Greens And Fibre", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "247 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/main-super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/greens-and-fibre/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves-8.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 30-serve canister of pineapple-flavoured powder, with directions for mixing each scoop into cold water.", "description": "Start with what you want to mix\n\nChoosing a greens powder can become confusing when description focus on broad promises rather than what is in the pack. A useful starting point is much simpler. Look at the flavour, ingredients, serving measure and preparation instructions, then decide whether those details fit your preferences.\n\nThis pineapple greens drink powder is an adult food supplement supplied in one canister with 30 listed servings. The directions call for an 8.2 g scoop mixed with cold water in a shaker. It contains sweetener, and the declared allergens are barley, celery and wheat.\n\nThose facts matter more than a long list of hoped-for results. This guide focuses on what the maker's description actually says, what to check before buying and how to follow the supplied directions.\n\nWhat comes in the pack\n\nThe product is a powder rather than a tablet, capsule or ready-made drink. You receive one canister, with a stated total of 30 servings. Pineapple is the listed flavour, and the intended age range is adult.\n\nThe maker gives a unit count of 246 g and an item weight of 247 g. A separate product detail row also description 246.64 g. These figures should not be treated as interchangeable measures or used to promise an exact delivered weight. The pack label is the final word on the labelled quantity.\n\nFor cupboard planning, the recorded dimensions are 8.99 x 8.99 x 14.5 cm. Some maker detail rows round the first two measurements to 9 cm. If your storage space is tight, leave room to handle the canister rather than relying on a close fit.\n\nHow to mix greens powder\n\nThe supplied preparation method is specific. Mix one scoop, measuring 8.2 g, with 350 ml (12 fl oz) of cold water in a shaker, then consume immediately.\n\nUse those directions as written. More powder or less water changes the stated preparation, and a larger scoop is not a reason to exceed the recommended dose. Check the delivered label before your first use, including any guidance on measuring a scoop.\n\nThe directions refer to a scoop, but the maker does not separately confirm whether one is included. Check the contents when the pack arrives. If anything needed for accurate measuring is missing or unclear, seek clarification rather than guessing the serving.\n\nChoose a shaker with room for both the water and powder. The maker's details does not give a shaking time, so there is no exact number of seconds to follow.\n\nPineapple flavour and sweetener\n\nPineapple super greens may appeal if that is a flavour you already enjoy. Still, a flavour name cannot tell you exactly how sweet, sharp or grassy a finished drink will taste.\n\nThis product includes natural flavour and the sweetener sucralose. The maker does not give their quantities. It also does not provide a detailed taste description that would support promises about a juice-like flavour or a particular level of sweetness.\n\nIf you are comparing a pineapple flavoured supplement with another flavour, check the whole ingredient list. Flavour is one part of the choice, but sweeteners and allergens can matter just as much. Do not assume that every pineapple powder supplement uses the same recipe.\n\nRead the full ingredients\n\nThe supplied ingredient list is as follows.\n\nOrganic Wheat Grass Powder, Organic Barley Grass, Inulin, Natural Flavour, Organic Kale, Organic Spinach, Green Banana, Larch (Arabinogalactan), Malic Acid, Maltodextrin, Citric Acid, Organic Spirulina, Sweetener (Sucralose), Kiwi Fruit, Celery, Organic Goji Fruit Extract, Organic Acai, Blueberry, Organic Chlorella, Guar Gum, Anti-Caking Agent (Silicon Dioxide), Calcium Silicate, Broccoli Seed Extract, Organic Kelp Laminaria, Gum Acacia, Cornstarch, Xanthan Gum, Sunflower Lecithin.\n\nThat is a longer recipe than the words “greens powder” alone might suggest. Reading it in full helps you see the grasses, fruit ingredients, flavouring, sweetener and other components before you commit.\n\nSeveral ingredients carry an organic description in the supplied list. That does not establish whole-product organic certification. No certification details are provided here, so avoid treating the ingredient wording as a claim about the entire canister.\n\nSpirulina and chlorella in context\n\nIf you are looking for a greens powder with spirulina, this recipe lists organic spirulina. It also contains organic chlorella, making it relevant when comparing a greens powder with chlorella.\n\nWhat the maker does not give is the amount of either ingredient per scoop. Presence in an ingredient list is not the same as a stated dose. You cannot use this product to calculate how much spirulina or chlorella a serving provides.\n\nThe same limit applies to the other individual ingredients. There is no supplied nutrition panel, ingredient percentage table or set of nutrient quantities. If those details are central to your purchase, check the current pack information before ordering rather than filling the gaps with assumptions.\n\nAllergens deserve a separate check\n\nThe declared greens powder allergens are barley, celery and wheat. These should be easy to find in your decision process, not left until after opening the pack.\n\nThere is no gluten-free claim in the maker's description. With wheat and barley declared, do not assume the product fits a gluten-free diet. If you have an allergy or another strict dietary restriction, read the full current label and ask for clarification where needed.\n\nVegan suitability is also not confirmed. An ingredient list can help with an initial review, but it is not a substitute for a clear suitability statement when that is important to you.\n\nFor a shared household, consider who might handle or use the canister. Keep the product information available so another person does not mistake it for a suitable drink without checking.\n\nDecide whether it suits your routine\n\nThis adult greens powder may suit someone who wants a pineapple-flavoured powder and is comfortable with its ingredients, sweetener and mixing method. It is less useful to choose it based on a result that the maker does not establish.\n\nThe safety information says food supplements should not be used as a substitute for a varied diet. This is not a replacement for meals or vegetables. Keep that distinction clear when deciding what place, if any, it has in your routine.\n\nSuitability during pregnancy, breastfeeding or alongside medicines is not established in the maker's details. In those situations, ask a qualified health professional to review the full label before use. The same applies if you need advice based on your own health circumstances.\n\nCompare packs on clear facts\n\nWhen comparing greens powder 30 serves with another pack, start with the stated serving size and count. Canister dimensions or overall weight alone do not tell you how many prepared drinks the directions allow.\n\nNext, compare preparation. This cold water greens drink calls for 350 ml per 8.2 g scoop. That gives you a concrete way to decide whether the drink volume and shaker method fit your day.\n\nThen review flavour, sweetener and allergens. A lower price or a larger-looking container may not be useful if the recipe does not suit you.\n\nFinally, check any missing information that matters to your choice. Nutrition values, individual ingredient quantities and a confirmed shelf-life date are not given by the maker by the maker. It is better to ask before buying than to assume those details.\n\nStore it and prepare it as directed\n\nThe supplied greens powder storage advice is to keep it in a cool, dry place. Keep it out of reach of young children and follow any further instructions on the delivered label.\n\nThe directions also say to consume the drink immediately after mixing. No storage period for a prepared drink is given. Plan to mix it when you are ready to drink it, rather than making a batch for later.\n\nCold water is the specific method provided. Although the reference information mentions smoothies, it does not give a separate smoothie recipe. Follow the current label for any alternative preparation and do not assume hot water has been approved.\n\nCheck the packaging before first use. If the seal or product condition raises a concern, contact us before consuming it.\n\nDelivery, gifts and returns\n\nA confirmed delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the delivery information for your New Zealand address before ordering, especially if the canister is intended as a gift.\n\nFor gifting, ask about preferences and allergies first. A food supplement is a personal choice, and an unopened pack is not enough to make it suitable for every recipient.\n\nIf it is not the right choice, returns are available within 14 days of delivery on packs that remain unopened in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a pineapple-flavoured powder with sweetener, supplied in one canister with 30 listed servings. The directions specify one 8.2 g scoop with 350 ml of cold water in a shaker, consumed immediately.\n\nCheck the full ingredients and the declared barley, celery and wheat allergens before buying. Use the delivered pack label as the final word, follow its dose and storage guidance, and choose on those practical facts rather than unsupported promises.", "llm_summary": "This pineapple-flavoured food supplement is an adult powder supplied in one canister with 30 listed servings. Directions specify mixing one 8.2 g scoop with 350 ml (12 fl oz) of cold water in a shaker and consuming immediately. Ingredients include wheat grass, barley grass, kale, spinach, spirulina, chlorella, inulin, fruit ingredients and sucralose. Declared allergens are barley, celery and wheat. Country of origin is Australia. The maker lists a 246 g unit count and 247 g item weight. Store in a cool, dry place and keep away from young children. Do not exceed the recommended dose or use it instead of a varied diet. Nutrition values and ingredient quantities are not specified by the maker.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/super-greens-powder-pineapple-30-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g", "sku": "organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g", "title": "Organic Plant Protein Vanilla 500 g", "slug": "organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g", "price": 141.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "plant-protein", "category_label": "Plant Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "600 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/main-organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g-6.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 500 g vanilla powder with hydrolysed pea and brown rice protein gives you a plant-based option to prepare as the pack directs.", "description": "Start with the details that matter to you\n\nChoosing a protein powder can take more thought than the flavour name suggests. Pack sizes differ, ingredient lists vary, and a familiar word such as vanilla does not tell you how sweet a powder will taste. A good choice starts with clear facts rather than promises.\n\nOrganic Plant Protein Vanilla 500 g is a vanilla-flavoured powder with hydrolysed pea and brown rice protein. The stated pack quantity is 500 g. Those details make it a product to consider if you are looking for a plant-based protein source in a flavoured powder.\n\nSome important information is not included by the maker. The full ingredient list, allergen statement and preparation directions must be checked on the pack. Knowing what still needs checking is part of choosing well, especially when buying food online.\n\nWhat this powder is\n\nThis product brings pea and brown rice protein together in one powder. Both are identified as hydrolysed in the supplied description. That tells you how the protein ingredients are described, but it does not tell you the full recipe or the amount of each ingredient.\n\nThe product is listed as vanilla flavoured. There is no detailed taste description, so it would be unfair to promise a mild, rich or dessert-like flavour. Sweetness, aroma and texture are also not specified.\n\nIf you are comparing pea and brown rice protein powder with another type, begin with the actual ingredient panels. A product name can help you narrow the choice, but it cannot replace the small print. Different powders may have different flavouring ingredients and directions even when their names look alike.\n\nHow to approach preparation\n\nThe practical starting point is the printed serving instruction. The maker does not provide a serving weight, liquid amount or mixing method. Do not guess those details from another powder you have used before.\n\nA scoop is not a standard measurement across products. The maker's description also does not confirm whether this pack includes one. If the label gives a serving amount in grams, follow that amount using the method it recommends.\n\nThe same care applies to mixing liquids. Water, plant drinks and other ingredients may come to mind, but the approved preparation options are not stated by the maker. Read the vanilla protein powder directions before settling on a method.\n\nThis keeps preparation tied to the product in your hands. It also avoids presenting a suggested recipe as though it were a printed instruction.\n\nWho might consider this pack?\n\nThis powder may interest someone specifically looking for vanilla flavour and a blend of pea and brown rice protein. The 500 g size gives you a clear quantity to compare with other packs.\n\nIt may also suit a shopping list that calls for a single item rather than a multipack. One item is listed, so check the quantity selector when ordering if you want more than one pack.\n\nDietary suitability needs a separate check. Plant-based protein sources do not, by themselves, confirm that every ingredient meets a vegan diet or that the finished powder is free from dairy or gluten.\n\nIf you have an allergy or a strict food restriction, obtain the full label before buying. For questions about children, pregnancy or other individual circumstances, seek qualified advice with the ingredient information available. This page cannot settle those questions from the product name.\n\nRead the ingredient and allergen panels together\n\nWhen checking plant protein powder ingredients, read the whole list rather than stopping at the named protein sources. The maker identifies pea and brown rice protein, but does not supply every ingredient used in the powder.\n\nNext, read the allergen statement and any cross-contact wording. Those details answer a different question from the main ingredient list. Neither should be guessed from the fact that this is a plant protein product.\n\nIf you need to avoid a sweetener, flavouring or another ingredient, look for that detail on the pack. The vanilla flavour does not reveal what creates the taste or whether sweeteners are present.\n\nFor online shopping, it is reasonable to ask for missing label information before ordering. That is often simpler than receiving a sealed protein powder pack and finding you still cannot decide whether to open it.\n\nUnderstand the 500 g and 600 g figures\n\nTwo weight figures appear in the product details. The stated pack quantity is 500 g, while the listed item weight is 600 g. They are separate fields and should not be treated as interchangeable.\n\nUse the 500 g quantity when comparing how much product is offered. The maker does not explain the difference between that quantity and the item weight, so there is no reason to make a more specific claim about it.\n\nThe package dimensions are 19.4 x 10.3 x 10.2 cm. These measurements can help when thinking about storage space, but they do not describe a serving or tell you how much powder to use.\n\nThe number of servings cannot be calculated reliably without the serving weight. A larger-looking pack is not enough to establish how long a powder will last in your routine.\n\nCompare value without guessing servings\n\nFor a fair pack comparison, start with the current selling price and stated product quantity. Comparing equal quantities is more useful than comparing pack prices alone.\n\nThen check whether the products actually meet the same needs. A vanilla powder and an unflavoured one may offer different ingredients and preparation options. Even two vanilla powders may differ in ways that matter to you.\n\nAvoid estimating cost per serving until you have a confirmed serving size for each product. Using an assumed scoop size can make one pack appear better value without a sound basis.\n\nThe best organic vanilla protein powder for your shopping list is not necessarily the one with the largest pack. It is the one whose label, flavour choice and quantity fit what you are looking for. Certification information should be checked too if that is central to your purchase.\n\nWhat organic wording does and does not tell you\n\nOrganic is part of this product's name. However, the maker's description does not provide certification details, a certifying body or a country of origin.\n\nIf those details matter to you, look for them on the organic protein powder label. Do not assume that the name answers every question about sourcing or production.\n\nThis distinction does not require a complicated comparison. Keep a short list of the details you need confirmed, then check each against the actual pack information. Where a detail is missing, leave it as unknown rather than filling in the gap.\n\nCare and storage after delivery\n\nCheck the pack when it arrives. Look at the seal, the printed date and the storage directions before use. If something appears wrong, contact us rather than opening the pack to investigate further.\n\nFollow the printed storage instructions throughout use. As general food-handling care, keep the contents away from moisture and use clean, dry utensils. Close the pack between uses.\n\nA fixed storage temperature and an after-opening use period are not given by the maker. Do not borrow those figures from another powder, even if the packaging looks similar.\n\nKeep the original pack available so you can refer to its instructions and batch details. Those details may also be helpful if you need to raise a question with the store.\n\nBuying online in New Zealand\n\nWhen buying plant protein powder in New Zealand, check the delivery estimate for your address before placing the order. The maker does not give a handling or shipping lead time, so a specific arrival date cannot be promised here.\n\nIf you need the pack for a particular date, confirm timing first. The same advice applies to gifting. Food preferences can be personal, and it helps to know that the recipient wants this flavour and has checked the ingredients.\n\nLeave a gift pack sealed. Besides keeping the product intact, that preserves the unopened condition required for the stated change-of-mind return option.\n\nKnow the return terms before opening\n\nFor New Zealand orders, the stated return period is 14 days from delivery. Change-of-mind returns apply to unopened packs in their original sealed packaging, and the customer pays return postage.\n\nThat makes the first label check important. Read the available information before ordering, then review the pack without breaking the seal when it arrives.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If you believe either applies, contact us with the order details and explain the issue. Keep the packaging while the question is being resolved.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 500 g vanilla plant protein powder with hydrolysed pea and brown rice protein. One item is supplied, with a separately listed item weight of 600 g.\n\nChoose it on the strength of those stated details, then confirm the full ingredients, allergens and directions on the pack. Check delivery timing before ordering and keep the seal intact until you are ready to use it. A careful label check is more useful than a guess about flavour, serving size or dietary suitability.", "llm_summary": "Organic Plant Protein Vanilla 500 g is a vanilla-flavoured plant protein powder. Its listed protein sources are hydrolysed pea and brown rice protein. The pack quantity is 500 g and the item weight is listed separately as 600 g. One item is supplied. Package dimensions are 19.4 x 10.3 x 10.2 cm. The complete ingredient list, allergen statement, serving weight and preparation directions are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word for these details. Organic certification details and country of origin are not specified. New Zealand returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. Customers pay return postage; faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/organic-plant-protein-vanilla-500-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g", "sku": "pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g", "title": "Vanilla Pea and Rice Protein Powder 875 g", "slug": "pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g", "price": 206.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "plant-protein", "category_label": "Plant Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "875 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/main-pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g-7.jpg" ], "description_short": "An 875 g canister offers 25 serves of vanilla plant-based powder with clear cold-water or plant-milk mixing directions.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a plant-based powder can be harder than it needs to be. Product names tell you the flavour and pack size, but they do not always explain the serving directions or show the full ingredient list. The useful starting point is simple: check what is supplied, how to prepare it and what still needs checking on the label.\n\nThis product is a vanilla pea and rice protein powder in an 875 g canister. It contains 25 listed serves and is intended for adults. The directions use cold water or plant-based milk, so you have two clear options for preparing it.\n\nThere is no need to guess at missing nutrition figures. Protein grams per serve, energy values and the complete ingredient list are not included by the maker. If those details guide your purchase, check the pack label before deciding.\n\nWhat you get in the canister\n\nThe maker's description is for one canister containing 875 g of powder. At the stated serving size of 35 g, that gives 25 serves. These figures describe the amount of product supplied, rather than the amount of protein in each drink.\n\nThat distinction matters when comparing an 875 g protein powder with another pack. Two products can have the same net weight but different serving directions. Compare both the container weight and the labelled serve, rather than treating every scoop as the same amount.\n\nThe listed dimensions are 12.7 × 12.7 × 24 cm. If cupboard space is tight, check those measurements against the shelf where you plan to keep it. Leave enough room to take the canister out and measure the powder without spilling it.\n\nHow to mix a serve\n\nThe supplied directions are specific. Add 35 g, described as two heaped scoops, to 300 ml of cold water or plant-based milk. Stir or shake until fully dissolved.\n\nUse those quantities as your starting point. A heaped scoop is a volume description, while 35 g is the stated weight. The maker's description refers to scoops but does not confirm whether a scoop is included. Check the contents and current label rather than assuming an accessory will be supplied.\n\nThe directions do not give a mixing time or promise a particular texture. Keep stirring or shaking as directed, and follow any further instructions on the canister. There are no supplied directions for hot drinks, cooking or baking, so those uses should not be treated as confirmed.\n\nWash the mixing container and utensils after use. Keeping that small task part of the routine makes the next preparation easier.\n\nChoosing water or plant-based milk\n\nBoth cold water and plant-based milk are allowed by the directions. The stated quantity is 300 ml for either option. You do not need to buy a separate mixing liquid if cold water is your preference.\n\nIf you choose plant-based milk, read its label too. The ingredients in the finished drink include whatever you add, not just the powder. This is particularly important if you are checking for soy or other allergens.\n\nA vanilla protein shake made with a flavoured plant milk may taste different from one made with water. The maker does not describe every combination, so flavour preference remains personal. Start with the printed directions rather than assuming that another product's recipe applies here.\n\nRead the dietary statements carefully\n\nThe supplied diet information lists this powder as plant based, vegan and vegetarian. Its allergen information states dairy free, gluten free and soy free. These are useful starting points when narrowing down your options.\n\nThey are not a replacement for reading the current pack. A shopper looking for dairy free protein powder may also need to check other ingredients or cross-contact advice. That full information is not reproduced in the maker's description.\n\nThe same care applies when shopping for gluten free protein powder. No independent certification details are supplied here. If a particular certification is part of your buying criteria, do not assume it is present.\n\nFor a gift, check the recipient's requirements first. A broad dietary description may not cover every ingredient they avoid.\n\nWhat is known about the ingredients\n\nThe product name identifies pea and rice. A separate product detail lists pea as the protein source. The full ingredient list and the proportions of the blend are not given by the maker.\n\nThat means there is not enough information here to compare the exact balance of this pea and rice protein blend with another formula. The pack label is the final word. Avoid drawing conclusions about ingredient quantities from the order of words in the product name.\n\nStevia and monk fruit are listed as sweeteners. The product details also state no artificial colours, artificial flavours or artificial sweeteners. Their absence does not tell you how sweet the powder will taste to you.\n\nIf you are specifically seeking protein powder with stevia or monk fruit protein powder, these listed ingredients are relevant. Still, check the full label for anything else that matters to your purchase.\n\nVanilla flavour without guesswork\n\nThis page is for the vanilla version. Flavour is one of the easiest details to overlook when several similar canisters appear in a search, so check it before placing an order.\n\nA vanilla plant protein can appeal to someone who already prefers that flavour in mixed drinks. It does not follow that every vanilla powder tastes the same. The maker's details does not provide a reliable sweetness scale or a detailed tasting description.\n\nThere is also no basis for promising that the powder will have no aftertaste or suit every palate. Those are personal judgements. Choose it because vanilla is the flavour you want, while keeping expectations tied to the information available.\n\nUnderstand the serving limit\n\nThis product is described as a Formulated Supplementary Sports Food. The supplied safety information says it is not a sole source of nutrition and should be consumed alongside a nutritious diet and exercise program.\n\nIt also says not to exceed two serves per day. That is a limit, not an instruction to use two serves. Follow the current pack directions rather than copying the serving routine of another person or another powder.\n\nThe listed age range is adult. The maker does not establish suitability for children or for individual medical needs. If you need personal advice about whether to use a supplementary food, seek qualified guidance rather than relying on a product description.\n\nCompare labels, not just pack names\n\nWhen comparing plant based protein powder options, start with facts that can be checked. Look at net weight, serving size, flavour and preparation directions. Then review the full ingredients and nutrition panel.\n\nThe maker's description supplies the first group of details but not the complete nutrition panel. It does not state protein grams per serve, sugar content or energy values. Do not read the 35 g powder serving as 35 g of protein.\n\nA useful comparison also accounts for what you plan to mix it with. Water and plant-based milk are both permitted here, but the milk has its own ingredients and nutrition information.\n\nThe best vegan protein powder for your shopping list is one whose label matches your requirements. A familiar flavour or larger canister should not take the place of that check.\n\nStore it with care\n\nFollow the storage instructions and date markings printed on the canister. A shelf life after opening is not given by the maker by the maker, so there is no fixed number of weeks to recommend.\n\nAs a general handling habit, keep the container closed between uses. Use clean, dry utensils and avoid introducing moisture into the powder. Do not put a wet scoop back into the canister.\n\nKeep the label readable so you can refer to the directions later. If you move any powder to another container, retain the original packaging information. The serving limit and date markings remain important after the first use.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before opening\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, but the maker's description does not provide a delivery estimate. Check the delivery information at checkout before ordering for a particular date. Do not assume that an in-stock description guarantees arrival by a deadline.\n\nOnce the order arrives, check the flavour, pack size and condition before opening it. That gives you a chance to spot a wrong item while the packaging is still sealed.\n\nReturns are accepted within 14 days of delivery when the pack is unopened and in its original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.\n\nIf you are uncertain about an ingredient, keep the pack sealed while you check. Opening it to try the flavour does not meet the stated unopened-return condition.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis vanilla vegan protein powder comes in one 875 g canister with 25 listed serves. Each serve uses 35 g with 300 ml of cold water or plant-based milk. The stated maximum is two serves per day.\n\nIt is listed as vegan, dairy free, gluten free and soy free, with stevia and monk fruit sweeteners. Check the actual pack for the full ingredients, nutrition information and storage directions. If those details suit your needs, you have a clear basis for choosing it without relying on claims the maker's description cannot support.", "llm_summary": "This vanilla pea and rice protein powder is supplied as one 875 g canister with 25 serves. Directions state 35 g, described as two heaped scoops, mixed with 300 ml of cold water or plant-based milk. Stir or shake until fully dissolved and do not exceed two serves per day. It is listed as vegan, vegetarian, dairy free, gluten free and soy free. Listed sweeteners are stevia and monk fruit. Country of origin is Australia. This adult product is a Formulated Supplementary Sports Food, not a sole source of nutrition. The complete ingredients, protein grams per serve and nutrition panel are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/pea-and-rice-protein-powder-vanilla-875-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg", "sku": "vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg", "title": "Vegan Protein Blend Creamy Vanilla 2.25 kg", "slug": "vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg", "price": 463.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "plant-protein", "category_label": "Plant Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "30 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg/main-vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg.jpg" ], "description_short": "This creamy vanilla powder comes in a listed 2.25 kg pack, with 75 serves stated in the maker description.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a vegan protein powder can become confusing when a description gives you a flavour and a large pack size but leaves out the label details. You need to know what you are buying, how the pack is described and which questions still need an answer. A familiar flavour name alone cannot tell you whether a powder fits your needs.\n\nVegan Protein Blend Creamy Vanilla 2.25 kg is listed as an adult protein supplement powder. The flavour is creamy vanilla, the unit count is 2250 g, and the maker description states 75 serves. Those details give you a starting point for comparing it with other packs.\n\nThere are also gaps. The ingredients, allergen statement and preparation directions are not included by the maker. Before making your choice, treat the current pack label as the final word, especially if you have a specific ingredient requirement.\n\nWhat the pack-size information tells you\n\nThe product title gives a pack size of 2.25 kg. The recorded unit count, 2250 g, expresses the same amount in grams. The maker's description also description one item, so it does not describe a multipack.\n\nA separate field gives an item weight of 30 g. That does not match the listed pack size. It is important to keep these entries separate rather than quietly treating 30 g as the serving size. The source does not identify that field as a serving instruction.\n\nIf the difference affects your decision, ask us to confirm the current pack before ordering. On arrival, compare the label with the description while the pack is still sealed. This gives you a chance to raise a question before opening it.\n\nHow the powder is meant to be used\n\nThis product is supplied in powder form. Its preparation should follow the instructions printed on the pack, but those instructions are not available in the maker's description. There is no confirmed liquid amount, mixing method or serving measure to repeat here.\n\nThat means it would be unwise to borrow directions from another plant protein powder. Even products with similar names can carry different instructions. A scoop from a previous purchase is not a substitute for the measure stated on a new pack.\n\nBefore the first use, read the directions from start to finish. Check the amount to measure, how to prepare it and any limits or other guidance printed alongside the directions. If the wording is unclear or missing, ask for help rather than guessing.\n\nUnderstanding the creamy vanilla flavour\n\nCreamy vanilla is the listed flavour name. It tells you which flavour option this product represents, but it does not provide a full description of taste or texture. The maker does not state the sweetness level or explain which ingredients create the flavour.\n\nIf you already prefer vanilla-flavoured powders, this is the relevant option to consider. If you are particular about sweeteners or flavour ingredients, you will need the ingredient panel before you can make an informed choice.\n\nDo not read the word “creamy” as proof of a certain ingredient or mixing result. It is part of the product's flavour description. What matters for your decision is the actual label, along with your own preferences.\n\nWho this adult powder may suit\n\nThe listed age range is adult. This vanilla plant protein blend may interest an adult shopper who is specifically looking for a vegan-labelled powder in a larger pack. It is not described here as a product for children, and no child-specific directions are supplied.\n\nThe large format deserves some thought before you buy. Consider whether you already know that you want this flavour and whether you have checked the ingredients. A sizeable pack is a bigger commitment if you are still unsure about the product.\n\nIf you are buying for someone else, ask rather than assume. They may have a preferred ingredient list, an allergen concern or a different flavour preference. The product name cannot answer those personal questions.\n\nRead the ingredients and allergens separately\n\nThe words “vegan protein blend” do not reveal the full recipe. The maker does not name the plant sources, so there is no basis for saying it contains pea, rice, soy or any other particular protein ingredient.\n\nIt also does not provide a milk-free, soy-free or gluten-free statement. A vegan description and an allergen statement answer different questions. Neither should be used as a substitute for the other.\n\nWhen checking protein powder allergen information, read the full wording, including any statements about possible cross-contact. If the current label is unavailable before purchase and those details matter to you, ask us for them. It is better to settle the question before ordering than to discover an uncertainty after breaking the seal.\n\nCompare serving information without guessing\n\nThe maker description states 75 serves. That figure can help you compare pack formats, but it should be checked against the current label. The exact serving directions are not given by the maker by the maker.\n\nAvoid turning the separate 30 g item-weight entry into a confirmed serve size. A figure can appear plausible without being labelled for that purpose. The reliable approach is to use the serving amount printed on the actual pack.\n\nWhen comparing a 2.25 kg protein powder with another size, look at both net contents and labelled serves. Check that you are comparing like with like. Pack size alone does not explain how each product is meant to be measured or prepared.\n\nCheck the practical details before ordering\n\nThe recorded package dimensions are 31.3 x 27.4 x 17 cm. These measurements can help you think about shelf space, but they do not confirm the container's shape, lid style or opening. No such packaging details are provided.\n\nThe maker does not state whether a scoop is included. If you need a particular measuring tool, check the pack directions before choosing one. Do not assume an accessory will arrive unless it is clearly listed.\n\nDelivery timing is another point to confirm separately. No delivery timeframe is supplied in the maker's description. Check the information shown when you order, or ask us if timing matters for a gift or another planned purchase.\n\nInspect the pack before opening\n\nWhen your order arrives, take a moment to check it while it is still sealed. Compare the product name, flavour and stated quantity with your order. Look at the seal and read the date markings before use.\n\nNext, read the ingredients, allergen wording and preparation directions. This is the point to check details that were not available in the maker's description. Keep the original packaging so those instructions remain easy to find.\n\nIf something does not match the description, contact us. There is no need to resolve a mismatch by making assumptions about the contents. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge under the stated store terms.\n\nCare for the powder using its own label\n\nThe maker does not give a storage temperature, an opened-pack shelf life or a batch-specific date. Those details should come from the pack, not from a general rule for other powders.\n\nFollow the printed storage directions and keep the packaging closed between uses. Use clean, dry utensils to handle the powder. Keep the label available rather than separating the contents from their instructions and ingredient information.\n\nIf you use a separate storage container, make sure you can still refer to the original label and date markings. Do not assume that transferring the powder changes how long it can be kept. The pack's own guidance remains the reference.\n\nBuying a large pack as a gift\n\nA creamy vanilla protein powder can be a practical gift when the recipient has asked for that kind of product. It is a less certain choice when you do not know their flavour preferences or ingredient requirements.\n\nBefore ordering, confirm that they want an adult powder in this pack size. If they need specific dietary information, share the current label rather than relying only on the vegan description.\n\nDelivery timing is not specified by the maker, so confirm it if the gift needs to arrive by a certain date. Keep the pack sealed until the recipient has had a chance to check whether it is suitable.\n\nKnow the return terms\n\nFor the New Zealand store, returns are available within 14 days of delivery when packs are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage for these returns.\n\nThis makes the before-opening checks worth doing. If the flavour, size or label information is not right for you, keep the seal intact and contact us within the stated period. The unopened-pack requirement is part of the return terms.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If that is the issue, explain what you received and how it differs from the description. Do not assume a change-of-mind return and a faulty-goods issue are handled in the same way.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is an adult vegan protein blend in creamy vanilla flavour, listed as a 2.25 kg pack with 75 serves in the maker description. Ingredients, allergens and exact preparation instructions are not given by the maker by the maker, and the separate 30 g weight entry should not be treated as a serving direction.\n\nChoose it only after checking the details that matter to you. Confirm the current label, review delivery information and inspect the sealed pack on arrival. A clear buying decision starts with the pack facts, not assumptions about what a vanilla powder usually contains.", "llm_summary": "Vegan Protein Blend Creamy Vanilla 2.25 kg is listed as an adult protein supplement powder in vanilla flavour. The unit count is 2250 g, the number of items is one, and the maker description states 75 serves. A separate recorded item weight of 30 g conflicts with the listed pack size and must not be treated as a confirmed serving size. Package dimensions are 31.3 x 27.4 x 17 cm. Ingredients, allergen statements, exact serving directions and country of origin are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in original sealed packaging, with customer-paid return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/vegan-protein-blend-creamy-vanilla-2-25-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g", "sku": "vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g", "title": "Strawberry Vegan Protein Powder 500 g", "slug": "vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g", "price": 103.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "plant-protein", "category_label": "Plant Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "500 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/main-vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/plant-protein/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 500 g strawberry-flavoured vegan powder with clear cold-water mixing directions.", "description": "Choosing a flavoured powder can be harder than it looks. The pack size is easy to compare, but the ingredients, serving directions and allergen details need a closer look. A strawberry flavour alone does not tell you what is in the mix or how you should prepare it.\n\nThis strawberry vegan protein comes in a 500 g pack and uses soya protein isolate. Its directions call for cold water, with a set amount of powder for each serving. This guide walks through the details that matter before you buy, without making promises about results or guessing at information the maker does not provide.\n\nStart with the kind of powder you want\n\nThis is a dry powder, not a ready-made drink. You will need to measure it, add cold water and shake it well. That makes the preparation method part of the buying decision, especially if you normally choose drinks you can open and use straight away.\n\nThe listed flavour is strawberry. There is no description of how sweet it tastes, how strong the berry flavour is or what its texture feels like after mixing. Those are personal preferences, and a flavour name cannot settle them.\n\nIf you are comparing strawberry shake powder options, start with the facts you can check. Here, those include a 500 g pack, a soy-based formula and directions for mixing with water. Keep taste expectations separate from those confirmed details.\n\nLook beyond the word protein\n\nThe main listed ingredients are soya protein isolate at 50% and maltodextrin at 44%. Both matter when comparing this product with another powder. A product name is only a starting point, not a substitute for the ingredient list.\n\nThe remaining listed ingredients are L-leucine, flavourings, sodium chloride, beetroot red colour, citric acid, a vitamin and mineral blend, xanthan gum and sucralose. The maker does not give a separate quantity for every ingredient.\n\nFor anyone comparing plant protein ingredients, it helps to read the whole list rather than focus on one item. You may have preferences about sweeteners, flavourings or soy. Check those before you open the pack, particularly if you are unsure whether the formula fits what you wanted.\n\nThe pack label remains the final word. Use it to confirm the current formula when your order arrives.\n\nUnderstand the serving information\n\nThe supplied directions use 50 g of powder for one serving. They describe that amount as approximately two full scoops. The word “approximately” matters because the stated weight is the clearer reference.\n\nThe product details list 21 g of protein, 23 g of carbohydrate and 2.5 g of leucine per serving. These are listed quantities, not promises about what the product will do for you. Check them against the nutrition panel on the pack before use.\n\nThe maker's description also mentions 15 vitamins and minerals. The ingredient list names a blend, but individual amounts are not given by the maker by the maker. If a particular nutrient amount matters to your decision, do not guess it from the presence of the blend.\n\nComparing products on the same serving basis makes the labels easier to read. One powder's scoop size may not match another's. Look at the stated grams as well as the number of scoops.\n\nFollow the cold-water directions\n\nThe vegan protein mixing directions are straightforward. Add 50 g of powder to 500 ml of cold water and shake well. Use those amounts rather than assuming that instructions from another powder will apply.\n\nThe maker's details says this product is not intended to be mixed with milk. It does not provide an alternative recipe using plant drinks, juice or hot water. If you want a water mix protein powder, the stated method may fit your preference. If you want something for another recipe, confirm suitability first.\n\nA scoop is mentioned in the directions, but the maker does not say whether one is included. Do not rely on an included accessory when planning how you will measure the powder.\n\nThe daily direction is no more than three servings. That is an upper limit in the supplied instructions, not a suggestion that everyone should use that amount. Follow the current pack directions.\n\nTake the soya declaration seriously\n\nThis formula contains soya. The ingredient list makes that clear by naming soya protein isolate and marking SOYA as an allergen. Anyone who needs to avoid soya should not choose it.\n\nThere is also a separate notice that the product is made in a facility which handles milk. That notice is important even though the product is described as suitable for vegans. Vegan suitability and allergen information answer different questions.\n\nDo not treat a vegan description as proof of a milk-free production site. Equally, do not assume a gluten-free claim, since one is not given by the maker by the maker.\n\nWhen checking vegan protein allergen information, read both the ingredients and the facility statement. If either leaves you uncertain about suitability, resolve that question before opening or using the product. The short product name cannot replace those checks.\n\nDecide whether this format suits you\n\nThis powder may suit someone who wants a strawberry-flavoured, soy-based option prepared with cold water. The preparation requires measuring and shaking, so think about where you plan to use it and whether that method works for you.\n\nIt is less straightforward if you want a ready-to-drink product, a different protein source or a formula without soya. Those are practical reasons to choose something else, even if the flavour sounds appealing.\n\nThe maker does not identify this product as a meal replacement. It also gives no age range or specific suitability advice for pregnancy or breastfeeding. Do not fill those gaps with assumptions.\n\nIf you need guidance for a child or have a personal health question, ask a qualified health professional. A product page can explain the maker's details, but it cannot decide individual suitability.\n\nCompare the 500 g pack fairly\n\nPack weight is useful, but it is not the only comparison to make. This is one 500 g item. Compare that with the serving weight and formula of any other product you are considering.\n\nAvoid judging a soy protein powder strawberry option by the size of its container in a photo. The listed weight gives you a firmer basis for comparison. The stated dimensions here are 20 x 10 x 29 cm.\n\nIt also helps to separate confirmed details from missing ones. Scoop inclusion, shelf life and the exact flavour experience are not specified. Neither are individual vitamin and mineral quantities.\n\nA good buying decision does not require every product to have the same features. It does require knowing which details are important to you and checking them before paying. For some buyers, the soya declaration will decide the matter. For others, the cold-water recipe will be the key point.\n\nStore and handle the powder with care\n\nThe supplied storage instruction is to keep the product in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Choose a storage spot with that in mind before opening the pack.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when measuring powder. Keep water away from the stored contents, and follow any closure instructions printed on the packaging. Do not assume the pack has a particular type of seal, since that detail is not given by the maker.\n\nCheck the date marking when the product arrives. The maker does not state a shelf life or a fixed period for use after opening. Follow the information on the actual pack rather than setting your own deadline from a general guide.\n\nOnly the preparation method is given here. There are no supplied storage directions for a mixed drink, so do not assume it is intended for extended storage after mixing.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before ordering\n\nDelivery timing is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery information for your address before ordering, particularly if you need the pack for a set date. There is no stated lead time to rely on here.\n\nFor New Zealand orders, the supplied returns policy allows returns within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays the return postage.\n\nThat makes the pre-opening check worthwhile. Confirm the product, pack size and label details when it arrives. If you have changed your mind, keep the original seal intact while you contact us about the return process.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from a change-of-mind return. Contact us if the delivered item has a fault or does not match its description.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 500 g strawberry-flavoured vegan powder containing soya protein isolate and maltodextrin. Its stated recipe is 50 g of powder with 500 ml of cold water, shaken well.\n\nChoose it based on the formula, flavour choice and preparation method, not assumed results. Read the soya declaration and milk-handling facility notice, check the received pack label, and keep the seal intact until you are happy it is the right product for you.", "llm_summary": "This strawberry-flavoured vegan protein powder is supplied as one 500 g pack. Its listed country of origin is Australia. The ingredients include 50% soya protein isolate, 44% maltodextrin, L-leucine, flavourings, a vitamin and mineral blend, xanthan gum and sucralose. Product details list 21 g protein, 23 g carbohydrate and 2.5 g leucine per serving. Directions specify 50 g powder with 500 ml cold water, shaken well, with no more than three servings daily. It contains soya and is produced in a facility handling milk. Store cool and dry, away from sunlight. Delivery lead time is not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final reference for ingredients, allergens, serving details and directions.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/vegan-protein-powder-strawberry-500-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g", "sku": "caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g", "title": "Caffeine Free Watermelon Pre Workout 225 g", "slug": "caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g", "price": 167.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "pre-workout", "category_label": "Pre Workout", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "330 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/main-caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g-7.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 225 g canister offers 30 listed servings in a watermelon-flavoured powder with stevia and monk fruit sweeteners.", "description": "Choosing a pre workout without caffeine\n\nFinding a pre workout without caffeine can mean reading past a lot of claims. You may simply want a powder that leaves caffeine out, comes in a flavour you like, and has clear pack details. Those are useful things to compare without making promises about what a supplement will do.\n\nThis product is a watermelon-flavoured powder in a 225 g canister. It is listed as caffeine free and stimulant free, with 30 servings per container. The maker's description also describes it as plant based and vegan.\n\nThat gives you a starting point, but not every detail needed for use. The exact measured serve, water quantity and timing instructions are not included here. Before opening or preparing it, read the pack label. It is the final word on the product you receive.\n\nWhat the powder format means\n\nThis is a powder, not a ready-to-drink product. You will need to prepare it according to the directions on the canister. Do not borrow mixing instructions from another pre workout, even if the pack size or flavour looks similar.\n\nThe maker does not state whether a scoop is included. It also does not give a scoop size, so a scoop from another product is not a suitable guide. Check how the label tells you to measure a serve before you start.\n\nA powder format also means keeping the container and any utensils clean. Close the canister between uses and follow its storage instructions. These simple habits help you handle the product without adding moisture or debris from a used spoon.\n\nUnderstanding the pack size\n\nThe net contents are 225 g. That is the amount of product stated for the pack. The maker's description also gives an item weight of 330 g, which is a separate figure and should not be read as the quantity of powder.\n\nThere are 30 listed servings per canister. This is useful when comparing a 225 g pre workout with other pack sizes, but it is not a substitute for the measured serving directions. Do not turn a calculation based on net contents into an instruction for use.\n\nThe canister dimensions are listed as 9 x 9 x 12 cm. If you are planning where to keep it, those measurements offer a simple size reference. Store it wherever the pack instructions allow, rather than choosing a spot based only on convenience.\n\nReading the ingredient list\n\nThe ingredient statement starts with citrulline malate and beta-alanine. It also includes sodium citrate and citric acid as acidity regulators, followed by natural flavour, L-tyrosine, acacia fibre and schisandra extract.\n\nFurther ingredients include steviol glycosides, monk fruit extract, beet red, silica dioxide, pomegranate juice powder, Panax ginseng root, vitamin B12 and vitamin B6. Silica dioxide is identified as an anticaking agent. Beet red is listed as a natural colour.\n\nThe amounts of these ingredients are not given by the maker by the maker. Their presence alone does not tell you how this formula compares with a different product. For a closer comparison, look at the full labels side by side and check both the ingredient forms and their stated quantities.\n\nThere is also a naming difference worth noting. The special ingredients field says L-citrulline, while the ingredient statement says citrulline malate. Use the received pack label to confirm the exact formula, and ask for clarification if that distinction matters to your purchase.\n\nFlavour and sweetener preferences\n\nWatermelon is the stated flavour. The formula lists natural flavour, but it does not describe the taste in more detail. There is no supplied basis for calling it mild, strong, tart or similar to fresh watermelon.\n\nIf you are choosing a pre workout with monk fruit, this formula lists monk fruit extract alongside steviol glycosides. Both appear as natural sweeteners in the ingredient statement. Check that you are comfortable with both rather than looking for only one familiar name.\n\nThe maker's description also states no added sugar. That is not the same as a full nutrition panel, which is not included by the maker. If total sugar or another nutrition figure matters to you, check the printed panel before deciding.\n\nFlavour is personal. A watermelon supplement powder may match your usual preference, but no product description can guarantee that you will like its taste. Keep that in mind when considering the sealed-pack return conditions.\n\nWho should consider the label closely\n\nThe product is listed for adults. It is also described as plant based and vegan, which may help narrow your search if those are part of your buying criteria.\n\nThose descriptions do not answer every dietary question. An allergen statement is not given by the maker by the maker. Neither is a gluten-free claim or information about shared production equipment. Do not treat the absence of an ingredient in a short online description as proof that an allergen is absent.\n\nIf you have a food allergy or a strict avoidance requirement, read the full pack information before use. Ask for clarification where needed. It is better to resolve a missing detail than to guess from the product name.\n\nIf you take medicines, use other supplements or have a health concern, ask a qualified health professional to review the formula. This guide cannot establish personal suitability from the maker's description alone.\n\nDirections matter more than the product name\n\nThe supplied safety information identifies this as a formulated supplementary sports food. It says the product is not a sole source of nutrition and should be consumed alongside a nutritious diet and exercise program.\n\nIt also gives one clear limit: do not exceed one serve per day. That limit does not tell you the measured size of a serve. You still need the pack directions to know how much powder to use.\n\nNo specific timing instruction is supplied. The words “pre workout” should not be used to invent a fixed number of minutes before a session. Likewise, the maker does not state a water volume or instructions for combining the powder with other products.\n\nRead the directions in full before preparing your first serve. If any part is unclear or missing, pause and ask rather than filling the gap with advice written for a different formula.\n\nComparing similar products fairly\n\nWhen comparing caffeine free pre workout options, start with the details you can verify. Look at the net contents, listed servings, flavour, full ingredients and preparation directions. Check which details are stated and which are missing.\n\nA larger canister is not enough on its own to make a useful comparison. Different products may have different measured serves. Ingredient names alone also do not establish that two formulas are alike.\n\nFor this product, you can confirm a watermelon flavour, powder form, 225 g net contents and 30 listed servings. You can also see the listed sweeteners and the stated adult, vegan and plant-based descriptions.\n\nWhat you cannot confirm here includes individual ingredient quantities, an allergen statement and complete mixing directions. Keep those gaps in view. A careful buying choice includes knowing what still needs checking, not just collecting appealing label terms.\n\nChecking the pack when it arrives\n\nBefore opening the canister, check that the product and flavour match your order. Look at the original seal, the printed date and the label directions. Keep the packaging while you confirm that everything is as expected.\n\nRead the ingredient and allergen information on the actual pack. This is especially important if you chose the product because of a dietary need. The online description is useful for shopping, but the received label should be checked before use.\n\nFollow the pack's storage instructions after opening. Keep the lid closed between uses and use clean, dry utensils. No shelf life after opening or specific storage temperature is provided here, so neither should be assumed.\n\nIf the pack looks faulty or differs from its description, contact us with your order details. Describe the issue clearly so it can be addressed.\n\nDelivery, gifts and returns\n\nA delivery lead time is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery details for your New Zealand address before ordering, especially if you need the pack by a particular date.\n\nFor a gift, confirm that the adult recipient wants this type of product and likes watermelon flavour. Ask about dietary requirements before buying. Keeping the original seal intact leaves them able to review the label before deciding whether to use it.\n\nFor New Zealand purchases, unopened packs in their original sealed packaging can be returned within 14 days of delivery. The customer pays return postage for these returns. Read the label before opening if you are still deciding.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from returning an unopened pack because you changed your mind.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a caffeine-free, watermelon-flavoured powder supplied in one 225 g canister with 30 listed servings. It is described as vegan, plant based and Australian made, and uses steviol glycosides and monk fruit extract as sweeteners.\n\nChoose it based on those stated details, not assumed results. Check the full pack label for the measured serve, preparation directions and allergen information. Do not exceed one serve per day, and keep the pack sealed until you have confirmed it is the right purchase.", "llm_summary": "This watermelon-flavoured, caffeine-free pre workout is a powder supplied in one 225 g canister with 30 listed servings. It is listed for adults and described as plant based and vegan, with Australia as its country of origin. Ingredients include citrulline malate, beta-alanine, L-tyrosine, acacia fibre, botanical ingredients, and vitamins B6 and B12. Sweeteners are steviol glycosides and monk fruit extract. Exact ingredient amounts, the measured serve, mixing directions and an allergen statement are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word. Do not exceed one serve per day. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened, originally sealed packs, with customer-paid return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/caffeine-free-pre-workout-watermelon-225-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves", "sku": "non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves", "title": "Non Stim Pre Workout Watermelon 40 Serves", "slug": "non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves", "price": 123.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "pre-workout", "category_label": "Pre Workout", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "500 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves/main-non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A Wicked Watermelon powder listed as 40 serves, with a 400 gram unit count for straightforward pack comparison.", "description": "Start with the pack details, not the name alone\n\nChoosing a powder online can be harder than it looks. A product name may tell you the flavour and a serve count, yet leave out the details you need to make a careful choice. Serving instructions, ingredients and allergen information matter more than a familiar search phrase.\n\nThis product is listed as Non Stim Pre Workout Watermelon 40 Serves. Its form is powder, and its named flavour is Wicked Watermelon. The maker's description also gives a 400 gram unit count, one item and an adult age range.\n\nThose facts help you compare the pack. They do not replace its printed directions. Before ordering, make sure the information available answers the questions that matter to you. If it does not, ask for the current label rather than filling in the gaps.\n\nWhat this product tells you\n\nThe main details are simple. This is a watermelon pre workout powder with 40 serves stated in the product name. The flavour field says Wicked Watermelon, so that is the flavour name to look for when checking your order.\n\nThe unit count is listed as 400 gram. Item weight is listed separately as 500 g. Package dimensions are 13.2 x 10.3 x 10.2 cm.\n\nKeep these fields separate when comparing products. A unit count and an item weight are not the same description detail. The maker does not explain why the figures differ. The printed pack is the final word on the declared contents.\n\nThere is no ingredient panel, allergen statement or serving instruction in the maker's details. That is an important limit, not a detail to guess.\n\nHow the powder format works\n\nThe maker's description identifies the item as powder rather than a ready-made drink. It does not give mixing steps, a liquid quantity or a preparation method. Those instructions need to come from the pack.\n\nDo not assume that another powder's directions apply. Even products in the same category can have different labels. A measuring scoop, if supplied, also needs to be used according to the instructions for that pack. The maker does not confirm whether a scoop is included.\n\nBefore preparing anything, read the full directions. Check the stated serving measure and any handling instructions. If a label is damaged or hard to read, request a clear copy rather than estimating.\n\nThis guide describes the format and listed pack details. It does not make claims about what the powder will do.\n\nRead non stim and caffeine free carefully\n\nNon stim is part of the product name. Caffeine free pre workout is also a the maker's description phrase. These terms may be how you found the page, but they are not a full description of the formula.\n\nA search phrase cannot tell you every ingredient or explain the amounts in a serving. If caffeine content or another ingredient is central to your choice, read the current ingredient panel before deciding.\n\nThe same care applies when comparing a non stim powder with other options. Similar names do not prove that two formulas match. Look at the actual label information, not just the words on the front.\n\nIf that information is not available, pause the purchase and ask for it. A clear answer before ordering is more useful than an assumption after opening the pack.\n\nUnderstand the listed 40 serves\n\nA 40 serve pre workout gives you a stated serve count to compare with other packs. Here, that count appears in the product name. A separate serving size in grams is not provided.\n\nIt may be tempting to divide the listed quantity by the stated number of serves. Do not turn that calculation into a preparation instruction. The maker does not confirm a measured serving or explain how the serve count was set.\n\nThe pack label should state the directions that apply to the item you receive. Read those directions before measuring the powder.\n\nAlso avoid treating 40 serves as a promise of how many days a pack will last. That depends on the printed instructions and how the product is used. No daily use schedule is supplied here.\n\nKeep flavour expectations realistic\n\nWicked Watermelon is the listed flavour. That makes this a useful option to compare if you are specifically looking for watermelon supplement powder.\n\nThe maker does not describe sweetness, tartness, colour or texture. It also does not identify sweeteners or flavouring ingredients. A flavour name alone cannot answer those questions.\n\nIf you have a strong preference about taste or ingredients, request the label before ordering. For a repeat purchase, check that the flavour name matches the one you intended to buy.\n\nTaste is personal, so avoid choosing on an assumed flavour profile. The reliable detail here is the named flavour, not a promise about how it will taste to you.\n\nWho should consider this product?\n\nThe listed age range is adult. That is the only age-related detail supplied. It does not establish that the product is suitable for every adult or for a particular set of dietary requirements.\n\nThis page is most useful to someone comparing an adult pre workout powder by flavour, format and pack quantity. It is also useful if you already know the exact product you want and need to check that the maker's description matches.\n\nIf your choice depends on an allergen statement, a dietary claim or a particular ingredient being absent, more information is needed. None of those details should be inferred from the name.\n\nFor a gift, ask the recipient whether this is the exact pack they want. Confirming first can prevent an unwanted flavour or a label mismatch.\n\nCompare pack size on a like-for-like basis\n\nWhen comparing a 400 gram pre workout with another description, start with the declared quantity. Then check the stated serve count and the serving directions, where available.\n\nDo not compare one product's item weight with another product's contents figure. That can make two packs look more alike, or more different, than the maker's description support.\n\nPrice comparisons also need a clear basis. A lower pack price does not by itself tell you the cost per labelled serve. You need reliable quantity and serving information for both products.\n\nFor this pack, the known figures are a 400 gram unit count and 40 serves in the name. Use those as description details, while keeping the missing serving instructions in mind. Confirm the label before drawing a firm comparison.\n\nCheck ingredients and allergens before opening\n\nThe pre workout ingredient list is not included by the maker. Neither is an allergen statement. There is also no supplied confirmation of vegan or gluten-free status.\n\nIf any of these points affects your decision, ask for the current printed information before paying. Do not use the flavour name or powder format as evidence of dietary suitability.\n\nWhen the pack arrives, compare its label with the information you relied on when ordering. Check the product name and flavour, then read the contents and directions.\n\nKeep the pack sealed while making these checks. That gives you time to resolve a question without opening it. It also matters for a change-of-mind return, which requires the original sealed packaging.\n\nCare and storage should follow the label\n\nStorage conditions are not specified by the maker. Follow the instructions printed on the pack rather than borrowing advice from a different powder.\n\nAs a general handling step, keep measuring utensils clean and dry. Close the packaging after use and retain the label so the directions remain available.\n\nCheck the printed date and the condition of the seal before opening. If something looks wrong, contact us before using the contents. Keep your order details handy so the item can be identified.\n\nAvoid moving the powder into an unlabelled container. Keeping the original packaging makes it easier to refer back to the directions and any other printed information.\n\nDelivery and returns in New Zealand\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, but the maker's description does not supply a delivery lead time. Check the delivery information shown when ordering and confirm that your address is covered. Do not plan around an arrival date that has not been provided.\n\nFor change-of-mind returns, the stated window is 14 days from delivery. The pack must be unopened and in its original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nThat is a good reason to inspect the label promptly after arrival. Leaving the parcel unchecked can reduce the time available to ask questions or arrange a return.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us with your order details and explain the problem clearly.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a powder listed in Wicked Watermelon flavour, with 40 serves in the product name and a 400 gram unit count. The listed item weight is 500 g, and the age range is adult.\n\nThe missing details are just as important. Serving size, ingredients, allergens and preparation directions are not given by the maker by the maker. The pack label is the final word.\n\nChoose it only after those details meet your needs. Check the label before opening, follow the printed instructions, and keep the New Zealand return conditions in mind.", "llm_summary": "Non Stim Pre Workout Watermelon 40 Serves is an adult powder product with the flavour listed as Wicked Watermelon. The product name states 40 serves. The maker's description description one item, a 400 gram unit count, a 500 g item weight and package dimensions of 13.2 x 10.3 x 10.2 cm. Serving size, ingredients, allergen information and preparation directions are not specified by the maker. The printed pack label is the final word on these details. Country of origin is not specified. For New Zealand orders, unopened packs in their original sealed packaging can be returned within 14 days of delivery at the customer's postage cost. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/non-stim-pre-workout-watermelon-40-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g", "sku": "pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g", "title": "Pine Lime Pre Workout Powder 225 g", "slug": "pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g", "price": 167.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "pre-workout", "category_label": "Pre Workout", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "360 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/main-pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/pre-workout/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g-8.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 225 g canister of Pine Lime Splice powder with 30 listed servings and plant-based dietary information.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a pre-workout powder can be harder than it needs to be. Pack sizes, serving counts and ingredient names often appear together, while the details you need for a decision take more care to find. Start with what is known, then check what is missing.\n\nThis product is a Pine Lime Splice powder in a 225 g canister. It has 30 listed servings, contains caffeine and is listed for adults. Those are useful comparison points, but they do not tell you the exact serving measure or caffeine amount.\n\nThis guide keeps the focus on the pack, its ingredients and the supplied directions. It does not promise a particular result from using the powder. The current pack label is the final word on preparation, serving size and warnings.\n\nUnderstand the pack size before comparing prices\n\nThere are two weight figures in the maker's description. The net contents are 225 g, while the listed item weight is 360 g. When comparing how much powder you are buying, use the 225 g figure.\n\nThe maker's description covers one canister, not a bundle. Its dimensions are 9 x 9 x 12 cm. Those measurements can help you judge where the container might fit, but they do not describe a scoop or a prepared serving.\n\nA 30 serving pre workout can be easier to compare with another product when both labels clearly define a serving. Here, the total serving count is supplied, but the serving measure is not. Do not turn simple division into a dosing instruction. Check the label before measuring any powder.\n\nDecide whether Pine Lime Splice is your flavour\n\nFlavour is a reasonable place to begin narrowing your options. This product is named Pine Lime Splice. If you are seeking a pine lime pre workout powder, that is the flavour description to match against your preference.\n\nThe maker does not tell us how sweet or tart the finished drink tastes. It also does not describe its texture, strength or how the flavour changes with different amounts of liquid. Those details should not be guessed from the flavour name.\n\nThe ingredient list includes natural flavour and several sweeteners. That gives you something concrete to review, without promising a particular taste. If you are buying for someone else, confirm that they want this exact flavour rather than assuming all fruit-flavoured powders are similar.\n\nRead the caffeine information first\n\nThis is a pre workout with caffeine. The safety information states that clearly, but the caffeine quantity per serving is not provided by the maker. That missing figure matters when choosing between products.\n\nBefore use, find the caffeine information on the pack. If the amount or warning is unclear, ask for clarification rather than relying on the product name. A powder's flavour, colour or container size cannot tell you its caffeine content.\n\nThe maker's description also gives no directions for combining this product with coffee, other caffeinated drinks or other supplements. Do not assume those combinations are covered by the one-serve instruction. A qualified health professional can review the full label alongside other products you use.\n\nLook at the full ingredient list\n\nThe supplied ingredient list names citrulline malate, natural flavour, beta-alanine and acidity regulators consisting of sodium citrate and citric acid. It also includes L-tyrosine, green coffee bean extract, schisandra extract and acacia fibre.\n\nFurther listed ingredients are natural colour from beet red, steviol glycosides, monk fruit extract, thaumatin and silica dioxide. Pomegranate juice powder, vitamin B12 and vitamin B6 complete the supplied list.\n\nKnowing an ingredient is present is different from knowing its amount. The maker does not provide individual quantities. It therefore does not support a dose-by-dose comparison with another powder, or claims about what those ingredients will do.\n\nUse the full current label when an ingredient matters to your decision. A short list of featured ingredients is useful for browsing, but it should not replace the complete panel.\n\nCheck dietary statements without adding assumptions\n\nThe maker describes this as a plant based pre workout and gives vegan and vegetarian as diet types. It also lists dairy-free and gluten-free allergen information. These statements may help narrow a shortlist.\n\nThey do not supply every detail a shopper might need. The maker's description has no separate cross-contact statement and no independent dietary certification. It also does not give the source of every individual ingredient.\n\nIf you are looking for a dairy free pre workout or a gluten free pre workout because of a specific dietary requirement, review the current pack carefully. Ask about any missing information before opening it. A broad dietary description should not be stretched into an answer about an unlisted allergen.\n\nFollow the printed directions, not a guessed routine\n\nThe supplied safety information identifies this product as a formulated supplementary sports food. It says it is not a sole source of nutrition and should be consumed with a nutritious diet and exercise program.\n\nOne clear limit is provided. Do not exceed one serve per day. However, the maker does not state how many grams or scoops make that serve, how much liquid to add, or when to drink it.\n\nThat means there is no reliable mixing recipe to repeat here. Read the directions on the canister before first use. Do not copy another powder's scoop size or preparation method just because it is sold in the same category.\n\nA scoop's presence or capacity is not confirmed by the maker either. Use the measuring method specified on the pack.\n\nConsider whether it suits the intended user\n\nThe listed age range is adult. That helps identify the intended audience, but it does not establish suitability for every adult or every circumstance.\n\nIf you are pregnant, breastfeeding, taking medication or unsure about caffeine, ask a qualified health professional to review the label before use. The maker does not resolve those questions. Do not treat the absence of a detailed warning here as proof that there are no restrictions.\n\nFor a gift, be more specific than choosing a general supplement category. Check that the recipient wants a caffeinated powder, this flavour and this pack size. Leaving the seal intact gives them time to review the label before deciding whether to keep it.\n\nCompare products on matching facts\n\nA useful comparison starts with the same fields on each description. Compare net contents with net contents, not with item weight. Compare a listed serving count only after checking how each product defines a serving.\n\nFor a 225 g pre workout, flavour and format are clear starting points. Ingredient quantities, caffeine content and preparation directions need their own checks. If one description does not provide them, mark them as unknown instead of filling the gap with a guess.\n\nAustralia is the listed country of origin for this product, and the maker describes it as Australian made. No manufacturing certification is supplied here. If a specific certification is essential to your purchase, request evidence before ordering.\n\nThe same care applies to price comparisons. A cheaper canister is not automatically a like-for-like choice when the quantities or directions differ.\n\nStore it according to the label\n\nCheck the container and seal when the order arrives. Read the printed date and storage directions before putting it away. The maker does not provide a shelf life or a fixed period for use after opening.\n\nAs general handling practice, keep the canister closed between uses and use clean, dry utensils. Follow any more specific instructions printed on the pack. Do not assume another supplement's storage rules apply.\n\nKeep the original packaging so the ingredient panel, warnings and directions remain available. If something is unclear, it is easier to ask a precise question when you have the full label in front of you.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before opening\n\nFor a New Zealand order, check the delivery information for your address before paying. The maker does not give a confirmed handling or shipping timeframe, so it cannot support an arrival-date promise.\n\nChange-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery for packs that are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. If you are still deciding, leave the seal intact while you review the information.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us if the product received does not match its description or appears faulty. Keep the packaging and order details available to help explain the issue.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is one 225 g canister of Pine Lime Splice pre-workout powder with 30 listed servings. It contains caffeine and is listed as plant based, vegan, vegetarian, dairy free and gluten free.\n\nThe key details still to check are the exact serving measure, caffeine quantity and mixing directions. Read the current pack label before use, do not exceed one serve per day, and keep the pack sealed while deciding whether it is right for you.", "llm_summary": "This pre-workout powder is supplied in one 225 g canister in Pine Lime Splice flavour, with 30 listed servings. The maker's description identifies it as plant based, vegan, vegetarian, dairy free and gluten free, for adults. Its country of origin is Australia. Ingredients include citrulline malate, beta-alanine, L-tyrosine and green coffee bean extract. It contains caffeine, but the caffeine quantity, exact serving measure and mixing directions are not specified by the maker. The supplied directions limit use to one serve per day. It is a formulated supplementary sports food, not a sole source of nutrition. Item weight is 360 g, distinct from net contents. Listed dimensions are 9 x 9 x 12 cm.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/pre-workout-powder-pine-lime-225-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves", "sku": "collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves", "title": "Strawberry Milkshake Collagen Protein Shake 30 Serves", "slug": "collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves", "price": 188.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "protein-bars-and-shakes", "category_label": "Protein Bars And Shakes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "930 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/main-collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A strawberry-flavoured powder in a single pouch, named as 30 serves, with preparation and serving details to be checked on the pack.", "description": "Start with the label, not just the flavour\n\nChoosing a shake powder can be harder than choosing a flavour. Product names often tell you what a drink is called, but leave out the details that matter when you bring it home. Serving amounts, allergens and preparation directions all need a closer look.\n\nThis product is a strawberry-flavoured collagen protein shake powder in a single pouch. Its name states 30 serves, and Australia is listed as its country of origin. Those details give you a starting point for comparison, but they do not answer every question.\n\nThe full ingredient list and nutrition panel are not included by the maker. Neither are the measured serving amount or mixing directions. If any of those details affect your buying decision, confirm them before ordering or opening the pack. A flavour you like is useful, but it is only one part of choosing a food product.\n\nWhat the pouch contains, and what remains unknown\n\nThe maker's details identify the form as powder and the package type as a pouch. This is not a ready-made strawberry drink. It needs preparation according to the directions printed on the pack.\n\nThe phrase “collagen protein shake” is the product description, not a substitute for an ingredient list. The maker does not name the collagen source, list other ingredients or provide amounts for individual components. It also does not confirm whether other protein sources are present.\n\nLikewise, “strawberry milkshake” names the flavour style. It does not prove that the powder contains milk, contains real strawberry, or has a particular texture. Those points need label confirmation. When comparing strawberry milkshake powder options, keep flavour names separate from ingredient facts.\n\nThat approach helps you avoid buying on an assumption. It also gives you clear questions to ask if you need more information before making a choice.\n\nUnderstand the two different weight entries\n\nThere are two weight-related figures in this product. The item weight listed as 930 g, while the unit count is recorded separately as 750 gram. The maker does not explain the difference.\n\nDo not assume that either figure can be used in place of the other. In particular, do not calculate a serving amount by dividing one of them by the 30 serves in the product name. That would create a figure that has not been confirmed by the label.\n\nFor a fair comparison with another collagen shake powder, first check the labelled contents. Then check the serving amount and stated number of serves. Keeping those details separate makes price comparisons clearer.\n\nThe package dimensions are 21.4 x 12.8 x 12.8 cm. These can help you judge storage space, but they do not tell you how much prepared drink the pouch makes.\n\nWho should consider it, and who should not\n\nThe listed age range is adult. More importantly, the supplied warning says the product should only be used under medical or dietetic supervision. Treat that as part of the buying decision, not as small print to read later.\n\nThe warning also says it is not suitable for pregnant or lactating women or for children under 15 years of age. Do not take the age cutoff as confirmation that it suits everyone aged 15 or older. The adult age description and supervision advice still matter.\n\nIf you are choosing an adult protein shake powder for yourself, discuss the actual product and its label with the appropriate professional. If you are buying for someone else, make sure they can do the same.\n\nThere is no need to guess whether a product fits a particular dietary need. Where information is missing, pause and confirm it rather than treating silence as approval.\n\nCheck ingredients and allergens before opening\n\nThe collagen shake ingredients are not given by the maker by the maker. That means the maker's description cannot confirm dairy-free, gluten-free, vegan, vegetarian or other dietary suitability. No such claim should be inferred from the flavour or country of origin.\n\nRead the full ingredients list and allergen statement on the current pack. If you avoid a particular ingredient, look for that ingredient by name and review any additional label warnings. A product title cannot do that work for you.\n\nProtein powder allergen information is especially important when buying a gift or ordering for a shared household. The person placing the order may not know every restriction of the person who will use it.\n\nIf the information you need is unavailable before purchase, ask for clarification. If it remains unclear when the pouch arrives, leave it sealed while you seek an answer. Opening it first may affect a change-of-mind return.\n\nUse the printed preparation directions\n\nThis strawberry protein shake powder needs to be prepared as directed on the pouch. The maker does not provide a scoop size, liquid amount, liquid type or mixing method.\n\nThat leaves no sound basis for recommending water instead of milk, a shaker instead of a blender, or a particular drink temperature. Follow the actual directions rather than borrowing a recipe from another powder.\n\nThe same care applies to measuring. A scoop is not confirmed as part of this pack. Even if you already own one, do not assume it measures the correct amount for this product. Use the measuring method stated on the label.\n\nFor strawberry shake preparation, read the full directions before starting. Check both the amount of powder and any handling instructions for the finished drink. This helps avoid preparing more than intended or using a method the pack does not support.\n\nKeep serving counts separate from a daily schedule\n\n“30 serves” describes the product as named. It does not establish a 30-day supply or tell you how often to use it. The maker contains no daily schedule.\n\nUse the pack's serving directions together with the medical or dietetic supervision stated in the warning. Do not turn the serving count into a routine without checking those instructions.\n\nThe supplied warning also says this food is not a sole source of nutrition. It should be consumed alongside a nutritious diet and an appropriate physical training or exercise program. This is not a basis for treating the shake as a complete replacement for ordinary food.\n\nWhen comparing a 30 serve collagen shake with another pack, focus on the confirmed label information. A matching serve count does not mean two products have the same serving amount, ingredients or directions.\n\nCompare products without relying on missing facts\n\nA useful comparison starts with details that both products actually provide. For this pouch, the confirmed points include strawberry flavour, powder form, one item, the named 30 serves and Australian country of origin.\n\nOther points remain open. Protein per serve, sugar content, sweeteners and the collagen source are not specified. Neither are certifications or dietary suitability claims.\n\nIf those details matter to you, gather them before ranking one product above another. A longer product name or a familiar flavour does not fill the gaps.\n\nThe best strawberry collagen shake for a particular shopper is one whose label and directions fit that person's requirements. The maker's description alone cannot establish that fit. It can help you identify what to check next, which is often the most useful first step.\n\nStore and handle it according to the pack\n\nStorage directions and an after-opening period are not given by the maker by the maker. Check the pouch for both, along with its printed date. Do not assume that another powder's storage advice applies.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when handling the powder. Check the packaging and seal before use, and follow the label's instructions for closing and storing the pouch after opening.\n\nPrepared drinks may have different handling directions from dry powder. Read any instructions for the mixed drink rather than making a batch and assuming it can be kept for later.\n\nThe same rule applies if you plan to take the pouch away from home. Check its storage needs first. A convenient package format does not establish suitability for every storage setting.\n\nDelivery, gifts and returns in New Zealand\n\nNo delivery lead time is supplied in the maker's description. Check the estimate for your New Zealand address before ordering, especially if you need the pouch by a certain date. Avoid planning around an arrival time that has not been confirmed.\n\nFor gifting, suitability matters more than surprise. Ask whether the adult recipient wants this type of product and can review the ingredients and warnings. The requirement for medical or dietetic supervision remains relevant.\n\nNew Zealand change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Keep the pack sealed while resolving any uncertainty about ingredients or suitability.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If something is wrong, contact us with your order details and explain the issue so it can be addressed.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is one pouch of strawberry-flavoured collagen protein shake powder, named as 30 serves and listed with Australia as its country of origin. The maker includes package measurements but does not provide ingredients, allergens, nutrition values or preparation amounts.\n\nCheck those missing details on the pack before use. Follow the supervision advice and the stated exclusions, and do not treat the shake as a sole source of nutrition.\n\nIf the label does not answer a question that matters to you, leave the pouch sealed and ask before proceeding. A careful check now is more useful than a guess after opening.", "llm_summary": "This strawberry-flavoured collagen protein shake is a powder supplied in one pouch. Its product name states 30 serves. Australia is the listed country of origin. The maker gives an item weight of 930 g, a separate unit count of 750 gram, and package dimensions of 21.4 x 12.8 x 12.8 cm. Serving amount, mixing directions, ingredients, allergens, collagen source and nutrition values are not specified by the maker. Check the pack label. The intended age range is adult. It is not suitable for pregnant or lactating women or children under 15. Medical or dietetic supervision is advised. It is not a sole source of nutrition. New Zealand unopened-pack returns have a 14-day window from delivery.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/collagen-protein-shake-strawberry-milkshake-30-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g", "sku": "high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g", "title": "Milk Chocolate Brownie Protein Bars 12 x 90 g", "slug": "high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g", "price": 134.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "protein-bars-and-shakes", "category_label": "Protein Bars And Shakes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "90 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/main-high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A box of twelve 90 g bars gives you a milk chocolate brownie option for your snack cupboard.", "description": "A familiar flavour without guesswork about pack size\n\nBuying snack bars online should be simple. Yet a product photo can leave you wondering whether the price covers one bar or a full box, and whether the weight shown refers to the food or its packaging.\n\nThis product gives you a clear starting point. It is a box of twelve milk chocolate brownie protein bars, with each bar listed at 90 g. The total net content is 1080 g. If you want several bars of one flavour, those are the key numbers to compare.\n\nThere are still details to check. The maker does not include the full ingredients, allergen statement or nutrition panel. Those gaps matter, especially if you choose food around a dietary restriction. This guide explains what is known and what to confirm on the pack.\n\nWhat you are buying\n\nThese are solid protein snack bars in milk chocolate brownie flavour. The product is listed for adults and comes in a box containing twelve pieces. It is not a shake, powder or mixed-flavour selection.\n\nThe bar format may be what draws you to this product. If you prefer a food bar rather than a drink, this product fits that basic preference. It does not, however, explain any preparation steps or serving directions. Follow the instructions on the current pack.\n\nThink of this as a single-flavour purchase. Every bar in the listed box is the same named flavour. That is useful when you already know what you want, but worth considering if you usually like a different snack each day.\n\nRead the weight figures correctly\n\nThere are several weight figures in the maker's description, and they describe different things. One bar is listed at 90 g. Twelve bars together give a net food weight of 1080 g.\n\nThe package weight is separately listed at 1.16 kg. That is not the amount of food in the box. When comparing this product with other boxed protein bars, use the net content rather than the package weight for a fair comparison.\n\nThe recorded dimensions are 20 x 6.75 x 20 cm. The maker does not confirm those as individual-bar measurements, so do not use them to judge whether a bar will fit a small pocket or container. The bar count and net weight are more useful purchase details here.\n\nWhat the flavour name tells you\n\nMilk chocolate brownie is the listed flavour. It gives you a clear flavour direction, but it is not a full description of the recipe.\n\nA brownie flavour name does not tell you whether a bar is chewy, crisp, layered or filled. Nor does it confirm a coating or a particular ingredient. Those details are not given by the maker by the maker, so it is better to leave expectations open than to picture a specific kind of brownie.\n\nIf texture is a deciding factor for you, seek that information before ordering a twelve-pack. A box can be a practical choice once you know a product suits your taste. It is a larger commitment than trying one unfamiliar bar.\n\nCheck the label before choosing\n\nThe most important missing information is on the food label. The full ingredient list, allergen statement and serving directions are not reproduced here. The current pack label is the final word on those details.\n\nDo not treat the flavour name as an allergen statement. It cannot tell you the full set of ingredients or any warnings about possible contact with other foods. If you have an allergy, confirm the relevant information before eating.\n\nThe same care applies to dietary preferences. The maker does not establish whether the bars are vegan, vegetarian or gluten-free. A familiar product category is not enough to answer those questions. Look for an explicit statement and read the ingredients that support it.\n\nIf you need that information before purchase, ask for the current label details rather than making a guess.\n\nUnderstand what “high protein” means here\n\nThe product is described as high protein, but the exact quantity of protein is not specified by the maker. That means this page cannot give you grams of protein per bar or compare the amount with another product.\n\nUse the current nutrition panel if a particular quantity matters to your choice. Check whether the figures are given per serving, per bar or per 100 g. These are different comparison points, and mixing them can make two products appear more alike than they are.\n\nThe 90 g bar weight is not a protein amount. It is also not proof that a whole bar is the recommended serving. Keep those ideas separate and follow the pack's serving information.\n\nChoose a box that fits your habits\n\nA twelve-pack makes sense to consider when you want several bars of the same flavour. Before buying, think about how often you choose this kind of snack and whether everyone who will eat it likes milk chocolate brownie flavour.\n\nYou do not need to plan a fixed eating schedule. It is enough to know whether a full box suits your household better than a smaller purchase. Check the date marking when the box arrives, since no shelf-life period is specified here.\n\nFor shared cupboards, make sure other people can see the label information too. Keeping the original packaging helps preserve access to ingredients, allergens and directions. That is especially useful when more than one person may take a bar.\n\nTaking protein bars to work\n\nIf you are looking for protein bars for work, start with your workplace's storage options and food rules. Follow the storage directions on the pack, and consider any allergy rules that apply in shared spaces.\n\nThe maker does not confirm whether the bars are individually wrapped. Do not assume each piece has its own sealed wrapper simply because the product comes in a box of twelve. Confirm the packaging if that affects how you plan to carry or share them.\n\nThe same approach works for other everyday settings. Choose the product because the listed flavour, format and quantity suit you, then check the handling directions. There is no need to attach a special use or promised result to a snack purchase.\n\nCompare value using matching quantities\n\nWhen comparing 90 g protein bars with other options, check both the number of bars and the total net content. A box with more pieces may contain smaller bars, while a lower box price may cover less food overall.\n\nFor a simple price-per-bar comparison, divide the current box price by twelve. For a comparison by weight, use the listed 1080 g net content. Use prices in the same currency and account for any delivery charge shown with your order.\n\nPrice is only part of the choice. A flavour you do not enjoy or a product that does not meet your dietary needs is unlikely to suit you, regardless of box size. Confirm those basics before focusing on a small difference in cost.\n\nStorage and checks on arrival\n\nStart by checking the packaging when the order arrives. Read the date marking and storage instructions, and look for any damage or problem with the seals.\n\nThe maker does not provide a storage temperature or say whether refrigeration is needed. Follow the pack rather than using a general rule for all pantry snack bars. If there are instructions for storage after opening, follow those as well.\n\nKeep enough packaging to identify the product and read its directions. If something looks wrong, contact us with your order details and a clear explanation. Do not discard information that may help the store understand the issue.\n\nBuying a box as a gift\n\nA chocolate snack box can be a straightforward gift for an adult who enjoys the listed flavour. Still, food gifts need a little checking before you buy.\n\nAsk about dietary needs and preferences rather than relying on the words “protein bar.” The maker does not include enough ingredient or allergen information to confirm suitability for someone else. It also does not establish a particular texture.\n\nA single-flavour box is worth considering for someone whose preferences you already know. If you are unsure, confirm the label details and flavour choice first. That small check is more useful than guessing from the product photo.\n\nDelivery and New Zealand returns\n\nA delivery lead time is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery information offered for your address when placing the order, especially if you need the box for a particular date.\n\nFor New Zealand purchases, returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery when packs are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage. Check suitability before opening if you may need to use that return option.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us if that happens and explain the problem clearly. This is separate from deciding that an otherwise correctly product does not suit your preferences.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a box of twelve milk chocolate brownie protein bars. Each bar is listed at 90 g, giving 1080 g total net content. The product is listed for adults.\n\nChoose it if that flavour and box size fit what you want. Before eating, check the current pack for ingredients, allergens, nutrition information and serving directions. Those details, not assumptions about protein bars in general, should guide your final choice.", "llm_summary": "This product is a box of twelve high protein bars in milk chocolate brownie flavour. Each bar is listed at 90 g, with total net content of 1080 g. The product is a solid food bar and is listed for adults. Recorded dimensions are 20 x 6.75 x 20 cm, and package weight is 1.16 kg. Ingredients, allergen details, protein quantity, serving directions and country of origin are not specified by the maker. The current pack label is the final reference for these details. New Zealand returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. Customers pay return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/high-protein-bars-milk-chocolate-brownie-12-x-90-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack", "sku": "organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack", "title": "Organic Plant Protein Bars Vanilla Almond Crunch 12 Pack", "slug": "organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack", "price": 179.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "protein-bars-and-shakes", "category_label": "Protein Bars And Shakes", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "680 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/main-organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/protein-bars-and-shakes/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "This 12-bar box brings Vanilla Almond Crunch flavour in a ready-to-eat bar format.", "description": "A snack option without the mixing step\n\nChoosing a snack can take longer than it should. You might want something to keep at home or bring to work, but not want to prepare a drink or put several ingredients together. A ready-to-eat bar offers a simple format to consider.\n\nOrganic Plant Protein Bars Vanilla Almond Crunch 12 Pack contains 12 bars in one flavour. It is a box for people who prefer a plant-based option and want to know what they are buying before committing to a full pack.\n\nThe useful questions are fairly practical. Do you like vanilla and almond? Does the ingredient list fit your needs? Will you use 12 bars of the same flavour? This guide helps you work through those questions without treating a snack as something more than it is.\n\nWhat comes in this box\n\nThe pack contains 12 Vanilla Almond Crunch bars. It is not listed as a variety box, so do not expect other flavours among the contents. If you enjoy a familiar choice each time, that single-flavour format may suit you.\n\nThe product comes as bars rather than powder or a bottled shake. There is no mixing step. Follow the directions on the packaging when you are ready to eat one.\n\nIndividual wrapping is not confirmed by the maker. That matters if you are buying boxed protein bars specifically to split between bags, desks or different households. Check the packaging details before assuming that each portion has its own sealed wrapper.\n\nThe listed age range is adult. The maker does not give directions for children, and an adult snack description should not be used as evidence that a product suits every age.\n\nFlavour and the named ingredients\n\nVanilla Almond Crunch is the stated flavour. The supplied description names organic almonds, organic sunflower butter, organic vanilla and sea salt. These give you a starting point for deciding whether the flavour sounds appealing.\n\nThey do not form a complete ingredient list. Other ingredients, their proportions and their order are not given by the maker by the maker. If you choose snacks by reading every ingredient, make the full pack label part of your decision.\n\nThe word “crunch” appears in the flavour name, but the maker does not give a detailed account of texture. It would be unwise to promise a particular bite or level of firmness. Taste and texture preferences are personal, especially when buying a whole box.\n\nFor someone comparing vanilla almond protein bars, the clearest distinction here is the named flavour and the 12-bar quantity. Avoid choosing on the basis of an imagined texture alone.\n\nReading the dietary descriptions\n\nThese bars are listed as plant based, vegan and vegetarian. The maker's description also describes them as gluten free, soy free, dairy free and stevia free, with no sugar alcohols.\n\nThose are useful terms when narrowing a choice of vegan snack bars. Still, a dietary description on a product page is not a substitute for the label on the food you receive. Read the current ingredients and allergen statements before eating.\n\nOrganic appears in the product name, and the supplied description calls several named ingredients organic. Check the pack for the exact organic labelling and any certification details. This page does not add a certification that has not been confirmed.\n\nIf you are comparing plant based snack bars, separate personal preferences from strict exclusions. You may simply prefer a certain ingredient style, or you may need to avoid something entirely. The second situation calls for a closer check of the label.\n\nAlmonds are an important part of the choice\n\nAlmonds are both a named ingredient and an identified allergen. These bars are therefore not an option for someone who needs to avoid almonds.\n\nThe full cross-contact statement is not given by the maker. Do not infer that the absence of another allergen from this page means that it is absent from the product or its production setting.\n\nThis also matters when sharing food. Before offering almond snack bars to a colleague, guest or friend, let them see the packaging and decide for themselves. A broad label such as vegan does not answer every allergy question.\n\nWorkplaces and shared spaces may have their own food rules. If your office has a nut restriction, check it before adding this box to a communal snack shelf. The same care applies when choosing a food gift.\n\nUnderstanding the pack measurements\n\nThere are several measurements in the maker's description, and they describe different fields. The box has a listed unit count of 672 g. Its item weight is listed separately as 680 g.\n\nThe supplied pack description gives a bar size of 1.98 oz. Use the delivered label to confirm the final serving size and net quantity rather than treating all of these figures as interchangeable.\n\nThe listed dimensions are 17.15 x 13.97 x 22.86 cm. Individual bar measurements are not provided. If you have a very small storage space or a fitted snack container, do not assume that the maker's description dimensions describe a single bar.\n\nThese details are most useful when checking the order as a whole. For eating directions and serving information, the pack label is the final word.\n\nDeciding whether 12 bars makes sense\n\nA 12-pack suits a different shopping decision from buying one bar to try. You are choosing the same flavour several times, so it helps to know whether vanilla and almond is a combination you usually enjoy.\n\nThink about where the box will go and who will use it. A home cupboard and a shared office shelf have different needs, especially when allergens are involved. Keep the label available wherever the food is stored.\n\nDo not assume a particular shelf life when planning how quickly you will use the box. No expiry date or guaranteed remaining shelf life is supplied in the maker's description.\n\nWhen comparing 12 pack protein bars, compare like quantities and check the current price. A box count is helpful, but it does not replace the ingredient, flavour and packaging checks that determine whether the purchase suits you.\n\nFinding a place in your day\n\nThe appeal of ready to eat protein bars is the format. You can choose a bar rather than prepare a shake or assemble a snack from several separate foods.\n\nThat may fit a break at home, a pause at work or a trip where food is allowed. These are possible uses, not promises about storage conditions or suitability in every setting.\n\nFor travel, read the printed storage directions and check any food restrictions along your route. A bar format does not mean a product can be kept under any conditions.\n\nThe maker's description classifies this product as a breakfast snack bar. That category does not make it a complete breakfast or establish it as a meal replacement. Choose it for the food and format it is, rather than expecting a particular result from eating it.\n\nComparing similar products fairly\n\nStart with the information that matters most to you. For some shoppers, that is the flavour. For others, it is the full ingredient list, an allergen statement or the number of bars in the box.\n\nIf you are comparing gluten free protein bars or soy free protein bars, check those descriptions against the current packaging. Avoid assuming that two products with similar names have the same ingredients.\n\nThe same approach applies to stevia free protein bars and protein bars without sugar alcohols. A front-facing description can help you find a candidate, but the full label gives the detail needed for a final choice.\n\nBe cautious about filling gaps with guesses. The maker does not provide a full ingredient list, individual bar dimensions or a shelf-life period. Missing information is a reason to check, not a reason to assume.\n\nStorage and checking the delivery\n\nWhen the box arrives, first check that it is the Vanilla Almond Crunch 12-pack you ordered. Look over the packaging condition before opening it.\n\nRead the date mark, storage directions and full allergen statement. Those checks are worth doing even if you have bought similarly named bars before.\n\nFollow the printed storage instructions. No specific temperature range is provided here, so there is no basis for giving one. Keep the packaging available so you can refer back to the directions.\n\nIf something appears damaged or does not match the order, contact us. Retain the packaging while the issue is being discussed, rather than discarding the details that identify the product.\n\nDelivery, gifting and returns\n\nA fixed delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the available delivery information when ordering, especially if you are buying for a particular date.\n\nFor gifting, start with the recipient's preferences and allergies. A box of vegetarian snack bars may sound suitable in broad terms, but almonds and other label details still need checking.\n\nFor New Zealand orders, change-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery. Packs must be unopened and in their original sealed packaging, and the customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If you are unsure whether the box is right, check the label before opening and contact us with your question.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a 12-bar box of Organic Plant Protein Bars in Vanilla Almond Crunch flavour. It offers a ready-to-eat, plant-based format, with almonds clearly identified as an ingredient and allergen.\n\nChoose it if the flavour, quantity and current label suit your preferences. Check the full ingredients, serving information and storage directions on the pack, and keep unopened packaging sealed if you may need a change-of-mind return.", "llm_summary": "Organic Plant Protein Bars Vanilla Almond Crunch 12 Pack is a box of 12 ready-to-eat bars intended for adults. The maker lists a plant-based diet type and vegan and vegetarian features. Named ingredients include organic almonds, organic sunflower butter, organic vanilla and sea salt, but a complete ingredient list is not given by the maker. Almonds are an identified allergen. The maker describes gluten-free, soy-free, dairy-free and stevia-free features and no sugar alcohols. Unit count is 672 g, item weight is 680 g and dimensions are 17.15 x 13.97 x 22.86 cm. Exact storage directions, date marks and a full allergen statement are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word on serving directions and ingredients.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/organic-plant-protein-bars-vanilla-almond-crunch-12-pack.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg", "sku": "hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg", "title": "Hydrolysed Whey Protein Isolate Vanilla 1.36 kg", "slug": "hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg", "price": 431.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "1.4 kg", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/main-hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg-7.jpg" ], "description_short": "A vanilla-flavoured whey powder in a pouch, with 45 listed servings and directions to check on the pack.", "description": "Start with the details that matter\n\nChoosing a protein powder can take longer than expected. Similar names appear on packs with different serving counts, flavours and directions. A familiar word such as vanilla tells you something useful, but it does not tell you the full ingredient list or how much powder to measure.\n\nThis product is listed as a vanilla-flavoured hydrolysed whey protein isolate powder in a pouch. It has 45 stated servings and is described as an adult product. Those details give you a starting point for comparison.\n\nThere are also gaps worth checking before you buy. The maker does not include the full ingredients, allergen statement or serving weight. It has two different weight figures. This guide separates what is listed from what needs confirmation, so you can make a choice without filling in the blanks yourself.\n\nUnderstand what the product name tells you\n\nHydrolysed whey protein isolate is the protein type named by the maker. Vanilla is the stated flavour, and the product is supplied as a powder rather than a prepared drink.\n\nThe name does not provide every detail about the contents. The maker does not explain the degree of hydrolysis, identify flavouring ingredients or give a full recipe. It also does not establish how sweet the finished drink will taste.\n\nWhen comparing hydrolysed whey protein powder, treat the product name as a useful first filter. Then check the actual label for the details that affect your decision. Two powders with similar names should not be assumed to have the same ingredients, scoop size or mixing instructions.\n\nThere is no need to guess at those differences. If the label information you need is missing, ask for it before ordering.\n\nCheck the pack size carefully\n\nThe product name states 1.36 kg. The item details separately list a weight of 1.4 kg and a unit count of 1400 g. These figures are close, but they are not identical.\n\nDo not assume the difference is explained by packaging weight or rounding. The maker does not say why the numbers differ. The current pouch label is the final word on net contents.\n\nThis matters most when you are comparing price by pack weight. A comparison only helps when the quantities are clear and measured on the same basis. If you need an exact amount, confirm it before deciding between this pouch and another option.\n\nThe listed dimensions are 19 x 2.9 x 26.7 cm. Use those as the recorded item measurements, while allowing practical space to store and handle the pouch.\n\nKeep serving count separate from serving size\n\nThe maker gives 45 servings per container. That can help you compare the stated format with another 45 serving protein powder, but it does not tell you the serving weight.\n\nA serving is not always the same across different products. Nor is a scoop a fixed measure that can be carried from one pouch to another. The maker does not confirm whether a scoop is included.\n\nAvoid dividing either listed weight by 45 to create your own directions. The weight figures differ, and an average calculated from them is not a printed serving instruction.\n\nInstead, find the protein powder serving size on the current label. Check whether the directions use grams, a supplied measure or both. That is the information to follow when preparing the powder, rather than a number worked out from a catalogue entry.\n\nRead dietary descriptions alongside the full label\n\nThe item details describe this product as gluten free and caffeine free. Those are specific description facts, not a complete account of every ingredient or dietary consideration.\n\nIf you are shopping for gluten free whey powder, read the current declaration on the pouch. Any information about shared equipment or cross-contact should come from the label or a confirmed response, not from the absence of a warning in a short product description.\n\nThe same approach applies to caffeine free protein powder. A caffeine-free description does not tell you which sweeteners or flavouring ingredients are used. Those ingredients are not given by the maker by the maker.\n\nWhey powder allergen information needs its own check. The protein source is whey, and a full allergen statement is missing here. Do not treat the word isolate as proof of lactose-free status or suitability for a milk-related restriction. Confirm the exact information you need before opening the pouch.\n\nConsider whether vanilla is the flavour you want\n\nVanilla protein powder may be the right starting point if vanilla is already your preferred flavour. Still, the word alone does not describe sweetness, aroma or the finished texture.\n\nThe maker does not identify the sweetening ingredients. It also does not offer a reliable basis for comparing the taste with a powder you have tried before. Taste preferences are personal, so avoid reading more into the flavour name than it says.\n\nFor a gift, this is especially important. An adult who has requested this exact type of powder is easier to buy for than someone whose preferences are unknown. Check the recipient's dietary requirements as well as their flavour choice.\n\nKeeping a gift unopened also matters if it needs to be returned. The stated change-of-mind terms require the original sealed packaging.\n\nFollow the pouch directions when mixing\n\nThe maker describes this vanilla whey powder for water as suitable for mixing in water. That tells you the intended preparation route, but it does not provide the full method.\n\nNo water volume, powder measure or mixing time is supplied. There is also no confirmed instruction here for using other drinks, adding the powder to food or preparing it in advance.\n\nRead the whey isolate mixing directions on the pouch before your first use. Use the specified quantities and any equipment named there. If the label gives more than one preparation option, choose from those rather than borrowing instructions from a different product.\n\nA little care at this stage prevents avoidable mistakes. A measure from another pouch may look similar while holding a different amount. Keep the directions with the powder so you can refer to them again.\n\nDecide whether the listed format suits you\n\nThis is an adult whey protein powder supplied as one pouch. It may suit someone who is specifically looking for a vanilla whey isolate pouch and is happy to measure and mix a powder.\n\nIt is not a ready-made drink. If you want a product that requires no preparation, that difference is worth noticing before you order.\n\nThe maker does not provide child-use directions. It also does not establish suitability for individual medical needs or restricted diets beyond the stated description details. If you need personal advice, take the current ingredients and directions to a qualified professional.\n\nThe maker details include a pasteurisation entry of “Unpasteurized”. That is a detail to confirm against the current pack if it affects your decision. Do not infer a different processing status from the product's dry form or name.\n\nStore it using the label, not a guessed shelf life\n\nGood handling starts with the instructions printed on the pouch. Check the storage conditions and date marking when it arrives, and keep those details readable.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when measuring powder. Keep moisture out of the pouch and close it after use with its supplied closure, if present. The maker identifies the package as a pouch but does not confirm a particular closure design.\n\nAn after-opening storage period is not given by the maker. There is no basis here for promising that the powder will keep for a set number of weeks or months once opened.\n\nThe same limit applies to prepared drinks. Follow any printed handling directions rather than assuming a mixed drink can be stored for later. Vanilla whey powder storage should be guided by its own label, not by instructions from a previous purchase.\n\nCheck delivery and return details before opening\n\nFor shoppers buying whey protein powder in New Zealand, the checkout and current store delivery information should be checked before payment. A delivery timeframe is not given by the maker by the maker, so no arrival date should be assumed.\n\nWhen the order arrives, compare the pouch with your order details. Read the flavour, net contents, ingredients and directions before breaking the seal. This is the simplest point at which to spot a mismatch.\n\nThe stated return window is 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage for those returns.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from changing your mind about a correctly product. If something seems wrong, contact us with your order details and explain the issue before taking further steps.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a vanilla-flavoured hydrolysed whey isolate powder in a pouch, with 45 listed servings. The maker describes it as gluten free, caffeine free and suitable for mixing in water.\n\nBefore choosing it, resolve the difference between the 1.36 kg product name and the 1.4 kg item details. Check the full ingredients, allergen statement and serving directions on the current pack.\n\nThose checks matter more than a familiar flavour name or a similar-looking pouch. Once the label details match your needs, you can decide whether this is the right format for you without relying on assumptions.", "llm_summary": "This product is a vanilla-flavoured hydrolysed whey protein isolate powder supplied in a pouch for adults. The product name states 1.36 kg, while the item details list 1.4 kg and a unit count of 1400 g. There are 45 listed servings per container. The maker describes it as gluten free, caffeine free and suitable for mixing in water. Listed dimensions are 19 x 2.9 x 26.7 cm. The full ingredients, allergen statement, serving weight and mixing quantities are not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final reference. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened, originally sealed packs, with customer-paid return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/hydrolysed-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-36-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves", "sku": "whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves", "title": "Whey Isolate and Hydrolysate Peanut Butter Cups 25 Serves", "slug": "whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves", "price": 297.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "900 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/main-whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A powder in a pouch, listed as 25 serves, with the pack label providing final serving and preparation details.", "description": "Choosing a powder without guessing\n\nBuying a flavoured powder online can leave you with a few practical questions. Is the name describing the flavour or the food inside? How big is the pouch? Are the serving directions clear enough to compare it with another option?\n\nThis product is a Peanut Butter Cups flavoured whey isolate and hydrolysate powder. It comes in a pouch, and its name lists 25 serves. It is not a packet of peanut butter cups or a ready-to-drink product.\n\nThose details give you a useful starting point. Other information needs a closer look, especially the full ingredients, allergen wording and serving measure. This guide explains what the maker's description tells you, what it leaves out, and what to check before opening your order.\n\nStart with flavour and form\n\nPeanut Butter Cups is the stated flavour. If you are looking for peanut butter protein powder, that makes this a flavour option to consider. It does not, by itself, tell you which flavouring ingredients are used.\n\nThe maker's description also does not describe the sweetness, thickness or finished texture. It is better to leave those questions open than to promise a particular taste. A flavour name gives a broad idea, not a full tasting note.\n\nThe form matters just as much. This is a powder in a pouch, so it requires preparation according to the printed directions. If you want something already mixed or individually portioned, those formats are not described here.\n\nBefore ordering, make sure the person using it wants a powder rather than another product with a similar name.\n\nWhat the whey description tells you\n\nThe product name identifies whey isolate and hydrolysate. The details also list whey as the protein source. That is the extent of the ingredient information confirmed in the maker's description.\n\nThe proportions of the two named whey types are not given by the maker. Neither is a complete ingredient list. You should not read the name as proof of a particular ratio or assume it describes everything in the pouch.\n\nWhen comparing whey isolate and hydrolysate products, look at the actual label rather than the front-facing name alone. The ingredient panel is where you can check what is included and how the product is described in full.\n\nThis page does not make claims about health or physical results. Its purpose is to help you choose by flavour, form, pack information and printed directions.\n\nUnderstanding the 25-serve description\n\nThe product name says 25 serves. That can help you identify the listed format, but it does not provide a serving size in grams.\n\nA scoop size is also not given. The maker does not confirm whether a scoop comes with the pouch, so avoid planning around an assumed measure. Once the pack arrives, use its directions for measuring a serving.\n\nIt may be tempting to divide the listed weight by 25. That would produce a calculated figure, not a confirmed instruction. In this case, it would be especially unhelpful because the source description contains two different weight entries.\n\nTreat “25 serve whey powder” as a product description. Let the supplied label settle the amount to measure and any preparation steps that go with it.\n\nA closer look at the pack figures\n\nThe recorded item weight is 900 g. A separate unit-count entry states 956 g. The source does not explain why these figures differ.\n\nBoth belong to the maker's description, but they should not be presented as if they mean the same thing. If exact net contents are important to your purchase, ask for confirmation before placing the order. The pack label is the final reference.\n\nThe listed product dimensions are 15.01 x 15.01 x 26.01 cm. These can help with a rough storage-space check, but they are not measurements for a serving or preparation container.\n\nThe package type is a pouch, and the number of items is one. There is no confirmed bundle of separate packs or individual sachets in the maker's details.\n\nCheck ingredients and allergens first\n\nA familiar flavour name can make a product feel easy to choose. Still, flavour wording is not an ingredient panel, and it is not an allergen statement.\n\nThe exact allergen wording is not included here. If you need to avoid a particular ingredient, check the current pack information before buying or using the powder. Do not use a product photograph or a search phrase as your only source.\n\nThe maker describes the product as gluten free. That is a listed detail, not a supplied certification. Anyone comparing gluten free whey powder should read the current label and check that its wording meets their needs.\n\nThe product also lists whey as its protein source. It is not described here as dairy free. If any part of the label is unclear, get the information you need before opening the pouch.\n\nIs this the right format for you?\n\nThe listed age range is adult. No directions for children are provided, so this guide does not extend its use beyond that listed group.\n\nFor an adult choosing by flavour, the main question is straightforward. Do you want Peanut Butter Cups flavour in a whey powder pouch? If yes, the next step is to check the label details rather than assume they match another powder you have used.\n\nThis may also be a product someone requests by its full name. In that case, compare the flavour and 25-serve description carefully so that you select the intended item.\n\nIf you need a certain ingredient ratio, an exact serving measure or a confirmed mixing method before purchase, those details are not available in the maker's description. Ask for them first.\n\nPreparing it from the printed directions\n\nThe mixing instructions are not given by the maker by the maker. There is no confirmed liquid, liquid amount, mixing time or serving measure to repeat.\n\nUse the whey powder serving directions on the pack when it arrives. Read them before measuring anything, even if you have prepared other powders before. Similar-looking products can have different instructions.\n\nKeep measuring utensils clean and dry. Avoid guessing that a scoop from another pouch is the right size for this one. If the label calls for a measure you cannot identify, seek clarification rather than substitute an assumed amount.\n\nRecipe uses are not confirmed either. Before adding the powder to food, check whether the pack gives any directions for that use. This guide does not provide untested mixing or cooking instructions.\n\nComparing it with another pouch\n\nA useful comparison starts with details you can verify. Match the flavour, package format, stated serves and available label information across the products you are considering.\n\nFor this whey powder pouch, the known details include Peanut Butter Cups flavour, one pouch, an adult age range and Australia as the recorded country of origin. The full ingredients and serving measure remain unconfirmed here.\n\nDo not let a similar product name fill those gaps. Another peanut butter cups whey powder may have different ingredients, directions or packaging. Compare each description on its own terms.\n\nIf you are comparing price per serve, first confirm the actual label serving information. The differing weight fields make a guessed price-per-gram comparison less useful. A clear label is worth more than a tidy calculation based on uncertain figures.\n\nStorage and checks on arrival\n\nBefore opening the pouch, check that it is the item you ordered. Look at the flavour, pack information, seal and date details.\n\nFollow the storage instructions printed on the supplied pack. The maker does not give a storage temperature or shelf life, so no exact figure should be assumed.\n\nBetween uses, keep the packaging closed and use clean, dry utensils. Follow any printed instructions for a prepared serving as well. There is no confirmed storage period for a mixed portion in the maker's description.\n\nIf something looks wrong when the parcel arrives, keep the packaging and contact us. Checking before opening also helps preserve your options if you simply ordered the wrong product.\n\nBuying as a gift\n\nA powder can be a specific gift, so it helps to know the recipient wants this exact type and flavour. Peanut Butter Cups may sound appealing, but preference alone does not settle dietary suitability.\n\nAsk about their requirements before ordering. Since the full ingredients and allergen wording are not given by the maker by the maker, avoid surprising someone whose restrictions you do not know.\n\nKeep the pouch unopened until the recipient has checked it. That gives them a chance to read the label and confirm the product is what they wanted.\n\nNew Zealand delivery and returns\n\nA delivery lead time is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery details before ordering if you need it by a certain date.\n\nFor a change of mind, packs can be returned within 14 days of delivery if they are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. Contact us with the order details if there is a problem, rather than treating it as an ordinary change-of-mind return.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a Peanut Butter Cups flavoured whey isolate and hydrolysate powder, supplied as one pouch and listed as 25 serves. Australia is the recorded country of origin.\n\nChoose it by the confirmed flavour and format, then check the label for the rest. Serving size, full ingredients, allergen advice and preparation directions need that final check. The two recorded weight figures also make the pack label important before you measure or compare.", "llm_summary": "This product is a Peanut Butter Cups flavoured whey isolate and hydrolysate powder. Its name lists 25 serves. It is supplied as one pouch and is listed for adults. The maker states an item weight of 900 g and a separate unit count of 956 g, so the pack label is the final reference for net contents and serving size. Country of origin is Australia. Listed dimensions are 15.01 x 15.01 x 26.01 cm. The maker describes it as gluten free. Full ingredients, blend proportions, allergen wording and preparation directions are not specified by the maker. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened, originally sealed packs, with customer-paid return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-isolate-and-hydrolysate-peanut-butter-cups-25-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves", "sku": "whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves", "title": "Chocolate Caramel Whey Protein Blend, 25 Serves", "slug": "whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves", "price": 230.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "862 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/main-whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A chocolate caramel whey powder in a pouch with 25 listed serves and simple shaker directions.", "description": "Choosing a shake powder without the guesswork\n\nShopping for a flavoured powder can be harder than it looks. The name tells you the flavour, but it may not answer the questions that matter most. How many serves are included? What liquid do you use? Are the ingredients suitable for you?\n\nThis chocolate caramel protein powder is listed as an adult whey blend in a pouch, with 25 serves per container. The preparation directions are short and call for a shaker bottle. Those are useful starting points, but they are not a substitute for the full label.\n\nThis guide separates the details provided from the ones that still need checking. That matters here because the weight entries differ, and the full ingredients and allergen statement are not included by the maker. A careful choice starts with knowing those limits.\n\nWhat this product is\n\nThe product is a chocolate caramel whey protein blend powder. It comes as one pouch, rather than a listed multipack, and its stated country of origin is USA.\n\nThe flavour name gives you a way to compare it with other options. It does not tell you how sweet the finished drink will be, how strong the caramel note is, or what kind of chocolate taste to expect. Those details are not described in the maker's details.\n\nIf you already know that chocolate caramel is your preferred flavour, that may make the choice easier. If you are trying it for the first time, avoid treating the name as a promise of a particular dessert taste. Personal preference still has a part to play.\n\nHow the shaker preparation works\n\nThe supplied directions say to combine one scoop with 240 ml of ice-cold water or almond milk. Use a shaker bottle and shake for 15 to 30 seconds, or until smooth.\n\nThat is the stated method for this chocolate caramel shake powder. It does not require a blender in the directions provided. Check the pouch when it arrives, as the directions printed on the received product should guide preparation if there is any difference.\n\nMeasure the liquid rather than guessing from the size of your bottle. A large shaker can make a small amount of liquid look smaller than it is. Using the listed quantity also gives you a clear starting point for following the product's instructions.\n\nThe maker does not give a scoop weight in grams. Do not replace that missing detail with an estimate based on the total pouch weight.\n\nWater or almond milk?\n\nBoth ice-cold water and almond milk are named in the preparation directions. The listed quantity is the same, 240 ml for one scoop.\n\nChoosing whey powder with water keeps the liquid choice simple. Choosing whey powder with almond milk means there is a second ingredient label to consider. Read that label too if you avoid certain ingredients or need to check allergens.\n\nNo other liquids are named in the supplied directions. There are also no instructions here for hot drinks, cooking or baking. If those uses are important to you, seek product-specific guidance rather than assuming the powder will behave as you expect.\n\nThe available information supports a cold shaker drink. Start with that method and the current pack instructions.\n\nUnderstanding the 25-serve count\n\nThe pouch is listed as containing 25 serves. This is a useful comparison point when looking at another whey protein pouch, especially when package sizes are presented in different ways.\n\nA serve count and a scoop weight answer different questions. The first tells you the stated number of portions. The second tells you how much powder is in a measured portion. Only the serve count is supplied here.\n\nAvoid dividing a package weight by 25 to create your own serving instruction. That would be uncertain even with one clear weight figure, and this product has conflicting entries.\n\nFor the exact whey powder serving size, read the pouch label. Also check whether it explains how to measure the scoop. The maker does not say whether the scoop should be level or heaped.\n\nWhy the weight figures need a check\n\nThe main item weight is listed as 862 g. A separate unit-count entry says 900 g, while another product-detail entry uses 861.83 g.\n\nThose figures should not be presented as though they all mean the same thing. The maker does not explain the difference or confirm which entry represents the net contents of the received pouch.\n\nIf net weight affects your purchase decision, ask for a current label image before ordering. Compare the printed net contents with the product information rather than choosing whichever description number seems most useful.\n\nThe same care applies when comparing price by weight. A calculation is only useful when its starting figure is clear. Until the pouch label confirms the quantity, the listed 25-serve count is a separate fact, not a way to resolve the weight mismatch.\n\nIngredients and allergens come first\n\nWhey is the stated protein source. The maker does not provide a full ingredient list, individual whey types, blend proportions or the printed allergen statement.\n\nThat means the word “blend” cannot tell you exactly what is inside. It also does not establish whether the powder meets a particular dietary restriction. A chocolate caramel flavour name gives no reliable answer about sweeteners, flavour ingredients or other additions.\n\nRead the current whey powder ingredient label before use. If you need protein powder allergen information before buying, request a clear image that shows the entire statement, not just the front of the pouch.\n\nDo not take a missing claim as a positive one. The maker does not confirm lactose-free or gluten-free status. For a milk-free requirement, do not assume a whey product is suitable.\n\nWho this pouch may suit\n\nThe stated age range is Adult. The product may be worth considering for an adult who wants a chocolate caramel whey blend in powder form and is comfortable preparing it in a shaker.\n\nIt is not possible to decide suitability from flavour and pack size alone. Your own ingredient requirements matter more than whether the pouch looks convenient or the preparation seems familiar.\n\nThe maker does not provide directions for children. It also does not give enough information to make promises about how the product will fit a restricted diet.\n\nIf you are comparing whey powder for adults, keep the comparison practical. Check flavour, form, label detail, serve instructions and the number of pouches included. There is no need to fill the gaps with assumptions.\n\nA useful way to compare options\n\nStart with the facts that are available for every product you are considering. For this pouch, those include chocolate caramel flavour, whey as the source, powder form and 25 listed serves.\n\nThen compare the quality of the information. Can you read the ingredients? Is the serving weight clear? Does the allergen statement answer your needs? A shorter product page with a readable label may be more useful than a longer page full of claims.\n\nThe listed dimensions here are 10 x 10 x 5 cm. Treat them as product-description measurements, not a firm guide to how a flexible pouch will stand or fit once opened.\n\nIf storage space is tight, leave room to handle the pack and close it after use. Do not choose solely from the dimensions without checking the actual packaging.\n\nCare after opening\n\nFollow the storage instructions and date markings printed on the pouch. No specific storage temperature or after-opening period is provided in the maker's description.\n\nKeep the powder dry. Use clean, dry utensils and close the pouch after taking out a portion. These simple habits also make it easier to keep the surrounding shelf or cupboard tidy.\n\nWash the shaker thoroughly after each use and let it dry. Check its own care instructions before putting it in a dishwasher, since no shaker model is specified here.\n\nWhen the order arrives, inspect the packaging and read the label before opening. This gives you a chance to confirm the contents, directions and date while the original seal is still intact.\n\nDelivery, returns and gifting\n\nWe sell in New Zealand, but the maker's description does not state a delivery time. Check the delivery information for your address before ordering, particularly if you need the pouch by a certain date.\n\nFor change-of-mind returns, the stated period is 14 days from delivery. Packs must be unopened and in their original sealed packaging, and the customer pays return postage. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.\n\nAs a gift, this is a more considered choice when the recipient has asked for this flavour and product type. Check their ingredient needs first. Keeping the pouch sealed preserves the option of a qualifying change-of-mind return if it is not what they wanted.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a chocolate caramel whey powder in a single pouch with 25 listed serves. The supplied method uses one scoop, 240 ml of ice-cold water or almond milk, and 15 to 30 seconds of shaking.\n\nThe important gaps are the scoop weight, full ingredients and printed allergen statement. The listed weights also differ. Check the current pack label for those details before use, and confirm them before purchase if they are central to your choice.", "llm_summary": "This chocolate caramel whey protein blend is an adult powder product supplied as one pouch with 25 listed serves. Whey is the stated protein source, and the listed country of origin is USA. Directions specify one scoop in 240 ml of ice-cold water or almond milk, shaken for 15 to 30 seconds or until smooth. Scoop weight, full ingredients, the printed allergen statement and blend proportions are not specified by the maker. Weight entries differ, with 862 g listed as item weight and 900 g as unit count, so the pack label is the final reference. New Zealand change-of-mind returns require unopened, originally sealed packs within 14 days of delivery, with customer-paid return postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-protein-blend-chocolate-caramel-25-serves.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg", "sku": "whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg", "title": "Whey Protein Concentrate Unflavoured 1 kg", "slug": "whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg", "price": 139.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": null, "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg/main-whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg.jpg" ], "description_short": "One kilogram of pasture fed whey protein concentrate with sunflower lecithin for easier mixing, packed in Australia and ready to stir into water, milk or your favourite beverage.", "description": "The problem with flavoured powder\n\nMost protein powders arrive with a personality. Vanilla, chocolate, strawberry, cookies and cream. That is fine for a shaker bottle after the gym, and it is a disaster in a savoury pancake, a cheesecake base or a bowl of curried oats that nobody asked for. Once the flavouring is in the bag, you cannot take it out.\n\nThat is the gap an unflavoured powder fills. This is a 1 kg pack of whey protein concentrate with nothing added for taste. The ingredients listed by the maker are pasture fed whey protein concentrate and sunflower lecithin, and the lecithin is there for mixing, not flavour. What you do with it is up to you.\n\nPeople who cook tend to work this out quickly. A plain base goes in anything. A flavoured one goes in about four things, and then sits in the cupboard getting pushed further back behind the rice.\n\nWhat whey concentrate actually is\n\nWhey is the liquid part of milk that separates out during cheese making. Concentrate is one of the standard forms it is sold in, alongside isolate and hydrolysate, and the differences come down to how far the processing goes. Concentrate is the least processed of the three.\n\nThe maker does not include a protein percentage or a nutrition panel, so we are not going to quote one. The panel printed on the pack is the accurate source and it should be read before use. That is not us being cagey, it is just that inventing numbers for a food product is a bad idea and we will not do it.\n\nThe maker describes the whey as pasture fed. Sunflower lecithin is the second and only other listed ingredient, and it is added to help the powder wet out when it hits liquid instead of sitting on the surface in dry lumps. Anyone who has tried mixing a lecithin free powder with a spoon in a mug knows why it is there.\n\nHow to use it\n\nThe directions from the maker are simple enough to remember. Mix, shake or blend 30 g, which is about three heaped tablespoons, with 150 ml of water, milk or your favourite beverage. One to three servings a day is the suggested range, depending on your dietary requirements as advised by a health care professional.\n\nWater gives you a thin, light drink. Milk gives you something creamier and thicker. Plant milks behave much the same way, and the choice there is about taste and your own dietary preferences rather than anything technical.\n\nFor mixing, the order matters more than the equipment. Liquid into the shaker first, powder second, lid on, shake for ten or fifteen seconds. If you tip powder into an empty bottle and then add liquid, you get a paste welded to the bottom that no amount of shaking will rescue.\n\nCooking and baking\n\nThis is where plain powder earns its place in the pantry. Because there is no flavouring and nothing sweet, you can treat it as an ingredient rather than a finished drink.\n\nStir it through overnight oats before they go in the fridge. Whisk it into pancake batter with the dry ingredients. Fold it into muffin mix. Blend it with frozen banana and milk for something closer to a thick shake. Add it to home made desserts where you want body without adding another flavour to the mix.\n\nA couple of practical notes from anyone who has baked with protein powder. It absorbs liquid, so batters often need a splash more milk or water than the original recipe says. And it behaves differently to flour, so swapping out a large proportion of the flour in a recipe usually gives you something dry and tight. Start small, maybe a few tablespoons, and adjust from there.\n\nIf you are specifically after the best whey protein for baking, unflavoured is almost always the answer, simply because it does not commit you to one direction before you have started.\n\nWho it suits, and who it does not\n\nIt suits people who cook, people who like controlling what goes into their food, and people who are tired of sweet powders. It suits anyone who wants a plain base they can flavour with cocoa, cinnamon, coffee, fruit or nut butter depending on the day.\n\nIt does not suit everyone. Whey is dairy derived, so if you avoid dairy this is not the product for you. If you are looking for a sweet, ready flavoured drink straight out of the bag, you will probably find plain whey underwhelming on its own with water.\n\nThere are two clear limits worth stating directly. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15, and they are not suitable for pregnant women. They are also meant to be used alongside a balanced diet, not as a replacement for meals. If you are not sure how a product like this fits your situation, a health care professional is the right person to ask, and we are not.\n\nReading the label\n\nWe list what the maker gave us, which is the ingredients, the serving directions and the country of origin, listed as Australia. We do not list a nutrition panel, allergen statement, batch testing results or certifications, because none are supplied in the maker's description and we are not going to make them up.\n\nThe label printed on the pack is the final word. Read it before you use the product, especially if you have an allergy, a dietary restriction or you need specific figures. That advice applies to every food product, not just this one, and it is worth building the habit.\n\nStorage and looking after the pack\n\nProtein powder has one real enemy, and that is moisture. Humidity turns free flowing powder into bricks, and a damp scoop does the same thing one scoop at a time.\n\nKeep the pack sealed in a cool, dry cupboard out of direct sunlight. Use a dry scoop with dry hands. Press the air out and reseal properly after each use. Do not store it next to anything with a strong smell, because powder picks up odours. Check the best before date on the pack and keep it out of reach of young children.\n\nSome people decant into an airtight container, which is fine, as long as you keep the original label or write down the best before date and the allergen information somewhere you will find it later.\n\nDelivery and returns\n\nWe dispatch within 2 working days, and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Delivery is NZ only, and you get tracking so you can see where the parcel is.\n\nChange of mind returns are accepted within 14 days of delivery on unopened, sealed packs only. That is standard for food, and it is about hygiene rather than being difficult. If something arrives faulty or damaged, contact us with your order number and a photo, and we will put it right under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993. No separate warranty is sold with this product.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a plain 1 kg bag of whey protein concentrate with sunflower lecithin for mixing, and nothing added for flavour. Mix 30 g with 150 ml of liquid, or use it as an ingredient in cooking where a flavoured powder would get in the way.\n\nIt is a sports food for adults, not for children under 15 or for pregnant women, and it belongs alongside a balanced diet rather than instead of one. Read the label on the pack before you use it, store it dry, and reseal it properly. If you want a base you can take in any direction, plain is the practical choice.", "llm_summary": "Whey Protein Concentrate Unflavoured 1 kg is a plain, unflavoured whey protein powder supplied in a 1 kg pack. The ingredients listed by the maker are pasture fed whey protein concentrate and sunflower lecithin, which is included for easier mixing. The maker's directions are to mix, shake or blend 30 g (about 3 heaped tablespoons) with 150 ml of water, milk or another beverage, at 1 to 3 servings daily depending on individual dietary requirements as advised by a health care professional. Country of origin is listed as Australia. Pack weight, dimensions, brand, GTIN and MPN are not specified by the maker, and no nutrition panel figures, certifications or test results are listed. Sports foods are not suitable for children under 15 or for pregnant women and should be used with a balanced diet. The label on the pack is the final word on ingredients, allergens and directions.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-protein-concentrate-unflavoured-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g", "sku": "whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g", "title": "Chocolate Whey Protein Isolate 907 g", "slug": "whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g", "price": 180.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "907 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/main-whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-10.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-8.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g-9.jpg" ], "description_short": "A 907 g container with 30 listed servings, made to mix with water or milk.", "description": "A simple shake starts with clear pack details\n\nChoosing a chocolate protein powder can take longer than expected. Pack sizes vary, serving counts can be hard to compare, and a familiar flavour name does not tell you everything about the ingredients. The useful starting point is a clear view of what you are buying and how you will prepare it.\n\nThis product is a chocolate whey protein isolate powder in a 907 g container. The maker gives 30 servings and describes mixing one scoop with water or milk. It is intended for adults.\n\nThe most important checks are practical ones. Does the ingredient list suit you? Are milk and soy acceptable? Do you want a powder that you mix yourself? Those answers matter more than a broad claim that one powder is the right choice for everyone.\n\nWhat is inside this chocolate whey isolate?\n\nThe ingredient list contains whey protein isolate, natural flavours, soy lecithin, acesulfame potassium and cocoa powder. Whey protein isolate is the first listed ingredient. Cocoa powder and natural flavours are part of the chocolate formulation.\n\nThat list also makes clear that this is not a single-ingredient powder. If you are comparing whey protein isolate powder with an unflavoured option, read both ingredient lists rather than relying on the product names alone.\n\nAcesulfame potassium is included, so check that ingredient if you have a sweetener preference. Its amount is not provided by the maker. There is no need to guess at the sweetness level from the ingredient name.\n\nThe maker states that the powder is caffeine free and has no artificial colours or artificial flavours. Those are specific statements, not a promise that the product meets every dietary preference. For details not covered here, the pack label is the final word.\n\nHow to prepare a serving\n\nThe supplied directions are straightforward. Mix one scoop, listed as 30.4 g, with 180–240 mL of water or milk in a shaker. Follow the directions on the container you receive if you need to confirm any detail.\n\nBoth liquids are included in the stated preparation method. If you already prefer whey isolate with water, you do not need to buy milk just to follow these directions. If you prefer whey isolate with milk, that option is also listed.\n\nKeep the liquid amount within the printed range rather than guessing a new preparation ratio. The maker does not give a mixing time, a required liquid temperature or instructions for other recipes.\n\nThe scoop direction describes one prepared serving. It should not be read as permission to take any number of servings each day. Follow the recommended daily intake on the pack, and do not exceed it.\n\nUnderstanding the 907 g pack and serving count\n\nThis is one container with a stated weight of 907 g. The maker gives 30 servings per container and a scoop size of 30.4 g. These are the supplied figures, and the printed pack should be your final reference for portioning.\n\nWhen comparing a 907 g protein powder with another size, look at both net weight and serving count. A larger tub does not automatically contain the same number of scoops per gram as a different product. Serving directions can differ.\n\nA 30 serve protein powder is also not necessarily a 30-day supply. That depends on the recommended intake and how the product is used. Avoid planning your order schedule around an assumed daily serving that is not stated by the maker.\n\nCompare pack prices on the same basis. Check the quantity, flavour, ingredient list and delivery charges before deciding whether two description offer the same thing.\n\nCheck milk and soy before buying\n\nMilk and soy are both declared allergens. Soy lecithin also appears in the ingredient list. These details deserve a check before purchase, not after the seal has been broken.\n\nThis is not a milk-free or vegan powder. The maker does not establish that it is lactose free, either. The word “isolate” should not be treated as a substitute for an explicit statement about lactose.\n\nGluten-free status is not specified. Nor does the maker's description provide a full statement about other possible allergen traces. If you need those details, confirm them from the current pack before using the product.\n\nFor someone buying on another person's behalf, this is especially important. A chocolate flavour preference alone is not enough to confirm that the ingredients suit the recipient.\n\nWho this format may suit\n\nThis adult protein shake format may suit someone who wants a chocolate powder and is comfortable measuring and mixing each serving. It offers a choice of water or milk within the listed directions.\n\nIt may also suit a buyer who prefers a container rather than ready-made drinks. You prepare the shake yourself, so access to a shaker and a way to measure the liquid are practical points to consider.\n\nIt is not intended for children. Keep the container out of reach of young children, including when it is being used on a kitchen bench.\n\nThe product is not a substitute for a varied diet. Nothing in this guide changes that instruction, and there is no reason to treat the powder as a replacement for ordinary meals.\n\nCompare flavour and ingredients without guessing\n\nChocolate flavour is a useful starting point, but it does not promise a particular sweetness or cocoa strength. Those details are not measured in the maker's description. Personal taste can differ, even between people who usually choose chocolate.\n\nIf you are looking for cocoa whey protein, cocoa powder is listed here. If you are looking for protein powder with soy lecithin, that ingredient is present too. These are clearer comparisons than assuming all chocolate powders share the same recipe.\n\nRead free-from wording just as carefully. “No artificial flavours” does not mean unflavoured, and “caffeine free” does not describe the entire formula. Each statement answers a different question.\n\nThe best chocolate protein powder for your shopping needs starts with ingredients you have checked and directions you are willing to follow. A product name alone cannot settle those points.\n\nPlan your storage before opening\n\nThe storage instruction is to keep the powder in a cool, dry place. Choose a suitable cupboard rather than a spot exposed to steam or splashes. Keep the container closed between uses.\n\nUse clean, dry utensils when handling a powder. Avoid letting water from a recently washed shaker or scoop enter the container. Follow any further handling instructions printed on the pack.\n\nA batch-specific expiry or best-before date is not given by the maker by the maker. Check the date on arrival, and read any instructions that apply once the seal is opened. Do not invent an open-container shelf life based on another product.\n\nThe maker lists dimensions of 5 x 5 x 2 cm. If shelf clearance is important, confirm the physical container size rather than planning storage around that figure alone.\n\nCheck the order when it arrives\n\nBefore opening, confirm that the delivered product matches what you ordered. Look at the flavour, stated pack weight, ingredients and allergen information. Read the directions as well, even if you have used whey powders before.\n\nCheck the seal and the printed date. If something appears wrong, keep the packaging and contact us with your order details. Clear photos can help explain a packaging or description concern.\n\nA delivery estimate is not specified by the maker. Check the delivery information available when ordering for your address, particularly if you need the item by a certain date.\n\nIf you are buying it as a gift, allow time for the recipient to check the pack while it remains unopened. That helps preserve the change-of-mind return option.\n\nUnderstand the return terms\n\nChange-of-mind returns are available within 14 days of delivery. The pack must be unopened and in its original sealed packaging. The customer pays the return postage.\n\nThese terms make the pre-opening checks worthwhile. If the ingredient list is not suitable, leave the seal intact and ask about returning the product within the stated period.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. That is separate from changing your mind about an otherwise correctly supplied pack.\n\nDo not assume that tasting the powder leaves the unopened-pack return option available. Check anything you can confirm from the label before making that decision.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis chocolate whey isolate comes in one 907 g container with 30 listed servings. Preparation calls for one 30.4 g scoop with 180–240 mL of water or milk.\n\nIt contains milk and soy, includes cocoa powder and a listed sweetener, and is intended for adults. Check the label, follow the daily intake guidance, and store it in a cool, dry place.\n\nChoose it on those clear details. If an ingredient, dietary status or delivery point is still uncertain, confirm it before ordering or opening the pack.", "llm_summary": "This chocolate whey protein isolate is an adult powder supplement supplied in one 907 g container with 30 listed servings. Directions specify one 30.4 g scoop mixed with 180–240 mL of water or milk. The ingredients are whey protein isolate, natural flavours, soy lecithin, acesulfame potassium and cocoa powder. It contains milk and soy. The maker states caffeine free, no artificial colours and no artificial flavours. Country of origin is USA. Store in a cool, dry place and keep away from young children. Do not exceed the recommended daily intake or use it as a substitute for a varied diet. Delivery timing is not specified by the maker. The pack label is the final word.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-protein-isolate-chocolate-907-g.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg", "sku": "whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg", "title": "Vanilla Whey Protein Isolate 1 kg", "slug": "whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg", "price": 219.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "998 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg/main-whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg-3.jpg" ], "description_short": "A vanilla-flavoured whey powder for adults, with ingredient details to check against the pack before use.", "description": "Choosing a whey powder can get confusing when the product name gives a pack size but leaves out the serving directions. A familiar flavour name does not tell you the full ingredient list, either. The useful starting point is to separate what is recorded from what still needs checking.\n\nThis product is a vanilla-flavoured whey protein isolate powder, listed as one 1 kg pack for adults. Australia is the recorded country of origin. The maker's details also identifies milk and soy lecithin, but it does not include a complete nutrition panel or preparation directions.\n\nThis guide helps you check those details before you buy. It does not fill in missing numbers with estimates. For serving size, exact ingredients and directions, the pack label is the final word.\n\nStart with the flavour and form\n\nThe maker's description identifies the flavour as vanilla and the form as powder. That makes it different from a ready-made drink, but it does not tell you how the finished preparation will taste or feel.\n\nThere is no supplied description of sweetness, texture or flavour strength. If you are comparing vanilla whey protein powder options, avoid assuming that two products with the same flavour name will be alike. Read each ingredient list on its own terms.\n\nThe maker's details names sucralose and flavour among the ingredients. It does not give their amounts or describe the source of the flavour. Those gaps matter if you have a specific preference. Ask for the current label before buying if any of those details will decide your choice.\n\nUnderstand the listed pack size\n\nThe product name says 1 kg, and the unit count listed as 1000 grams. The maker's description also has a separate item weight of 998 g. These are the figures provided, and they should not be silently treated as identical.\n\nFor a purchase decision, read this as a listed 1 kg pack and confirm the printed net quantity when it arrives. If you need a precise quantity confirmed before ordering, ask for that information first.\n\nThere is one item in the maker's description. A single pack whey isolate purchase may be what you want, but the pack size alone does not tell you how long it will last. That depends on the printed serving size and how often it is used. Neither a serving count nor a use schedule is supplied here.\n\nRead the ingredient information carefully\n\nThe supplied list names whey protein isolate from milk, an emulsifier identified as soy lecithin, cocoa, flavour, xanthan and sucralose. It includes an important note that cocoa applies to chocolate and caramel based flavours.\n\nThat note means the shared ingredient information needs care. It should not be read as proof that this vanilla version contains cocoa. Equally, it is not a substitute for the full label on the vanilla pack.\n\nWhen comparing whey isolate ingredients, look for the list for the exact flavour you plan to buy. A list covering several flavours can leave questions unanswered. If you need certainty about an ingredient, request the current vanilla label rather than relying on a different flavour's packaging.\n\nNo ingredient percentages are given in the maker's description. There is also no basis here for describing the powder as free from unlisted substances.\n\nCheck milk, soy and the full allergen statement\n\nMilk is identified alongside whey protein isolate, and soy lecithin is named as the emulsifier. These details should be checked before ordering, not after the seal has been broken.\n\nThe maker does not provide a full precautionary allergen statement. It does not establish whether there are other warnings on the packaging. Do not treat the short supplied list as a complete answer to every allergen question.\n\nIf whey powder allergens are central to your purchase, get a clear image or copy of the full pack label. Read both the ingredients and any separate allergen wording. Where a detail remains unclear, wait for an answer before using the product.\n\nThe same care applies when buying for someone else. A flavour preference is not enough to confirm that the ingredients meet their needs.\n\nUse only the printed serving directions\n\nA whey isolate serving size is not specified by the maker. There is no confirmed scoop size, liquid amount or number of servings per pack. It also does not say whether a scoop is included.\n\nDo not borrow directions from another vanilla WPI product. A similar pack name or appearance does not establish the same serving instructions. Use the directions printed on the pack you receive.\n\nBefore preparing it, find the serving amount and preparation method on the label. Check whether the instructions refer to a measured weight or a supplied measure. If the directions are missing or hard to read, contact us before use.\n\nThis is also why the listed 1 kg quantity cannot support a reliable cost-per-serving comparison on its own. You need the confirmed serving size first.\n\nDecide whether the available details are enough\n\nThe recorded age range is adult. Beyond that, the supplied facts do not establish suitability for a particular diet or personal requirement.\n\nA useful buying decision starts with a few clear questions. Do you want vanilla? Is a listed 1 kg pack the quantity you intend to order? Have you checked the milk and soy information? Do you need the nutrition panel before deciding?\n\nIf the answer to that last question is yes, get the panel before purchase. Per-serving protein, other nutrition figures and serving counts are not given by the maker by the maker. The term whey protein isolate does not replace those missing figures.\n\nFor an adult whey powder purchase, the best choice is one you can assess from the actual label. There is no need to guess simply because the product name sounds familiar.\n\nCompare like-for-like information\n\nWhen looking at whey isolate 1 kg description, keep pack facts separate from serving facts. Pack quantity tells you how much is listed for sale. Serving information tells you how the maker directs you to measure it.\n\nCompare the exact flavour as well. A chocolate label may include ingredients that do not apply to vanilla, as the cocoa note in the maker shows. Matching only the product range is not enough.\n\nCountry of origin is another detail to read precisely. Australia is recorded for this product. That does not provide a separate origin for every ingredient, and it does not supply any certification.\n\nIf you are searching for Australian whey isolate, use the stated country-of-origin field without adding claims that are not present. Ask for more information if ingredient sourcing matters to your decision.\n\nCheck the pack before opening\n\nWhen the order arrives, take a moment to inspect it before breaking the seal. Confirm that the pack says vanilla and that it matches the product you ordered.\n\nRead the printed net quantity, date and storage instructions. Then check the ingredient list and allergen wording. This is the point to compare the delivered label with any information you requested before purchase.\n\nIf the seal looks damaged, the flavour is wrong or the description does not match, contact us. Keep the packaging while the issue is being reviewed.\n\nChecking first also protects your options if you simply change your mind. The stated New Zealand return terms require an unopened pack in its original sealed packaging.\n\nFollow the storage instructions\n\nThe maker does not include a specific storage temperature or an after-opening time limit. Those details should come from the delivered pack, not from a general rule copied from another powder.\n\nFollow the printed whey powder storage directions. Keep the packaging closed between uses, and use clean, dry utensils when handling the contents.\n\nKeep the label readable for as long as you have the product. It holds the directions, date and ingredient information you may need later. If you store the pack inside another container, make sure the original information remains available.\n\nDo not assume that a larger pack has a longer usable period once opened. No such period is supplied here. Check the printed wording and ask us if it is unclear.\n\nConsider delivery, returns and gifts\n\nA delivery lead time is not specified by the maker. Check the information shown for your New Zealand address before ordering, especially if you need the pack by a particular date.\n\nThe stated return window is 14 days from delivery. Change-of-mind returns apply to packs that are unopened and in their original sealed packaging, with return postage paid by the customer. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.\n\nFor a gift, confirm that the recipient wants vanilla and has checked the ingredients. Keep the seal intact until they have read the pack. This is a more useful approach than choosing an ingestible product based only on flavour or pack size.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a single vanilla whey protein isolate powder pack, listed as 1 kg, with Australia listed as its country of origin. Milk and soy lecithin appear in the supplied ingredient information.\n\nCheck the current vanilla pack label for the final ingredients, serving size, preparation method and storage directions. Those details are not fully supplied here.\n\nBefore ordering, make sure the available facts answer your main questions. Before opening, check that the delivered pack is right. That keeps the decision simple without relying on claims or numbers that have not been provided.", "llm_summary": "This product is a vanilla-flavoured whey protein isolate powder listed as a single 1 kg pack, with a unit count of 1000 grams. The separate item weight listed as 998 g. It is described for adults and has Australia listed as its country of origin. Supplied ingredients include whey protein isolate from milk, soy lecithin, flavour, xanthan and sucralose. A cocoa note applies to chocolate and caramel based flavours. The pack label is the final source for ingredients and directions. Serving size, preparation amounts and servings per pack are not specified by the maker. New Zealand returns allow 14 days from delivery for unopened packs in original sealed packaging, with customer-paid return postage.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-protein-isolate-vanilla-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" }, { "id": "whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg", "sku": "whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg", "title": "Chocolate Smooth Whey Protein Powder 1 kg", "slug": "whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg", "price": 196.99, "currency": "NZD", "availability": "in_stock", "category": "whey-protein", "category_label": "Whey Protein", "tags": [], "colors": [], "materials": [], "dimensions": null, "weight": "488 g", "images": [ "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/main-whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-2.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-3.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-4.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-5.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-6.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-7.jpg", "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/dropship-images/whey-protein/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg-8.jpg" ], "description_short": "A chocolate-flavoured powder listed as a 1 kg pack, with milk and soy declared as allergens.", "description": "Choosing a chocolate protein powder can be harder than the name suggests. Flavour is easy to spot, but pack size, ingredients and preparation details need a closer look. A useful product page should help you separate what is known from what still needs checking.\n\nThis is Chocolate Smooth Whey Protein Powder, described as a single 1 kg pack. Chocolate is the stated flavour, and the supplied allergen statement declares milk and soy. Those are the main facts to start with.\n\nThere are also gaps in the maker's description, including incomplete directions and conflicting weight entries. This guide explains what those details mean for your purchase, without guessing at ingredients, serving figures or results.\n\nStart with the flavour and form\n\nIf you are looking for chocolate whey protein, this product matches that flavour and product type. It is supplied in powder form rather than as a ready-made drink. Preparation should follow the instructions printed on the pack.\n\nThe word Smooth appears in the product name. It does not tell us how thick the prepared drink will be, how sweet it tastes or how easily the powder mixes. None of those details is confirmed in the maker's details.\n\nThat distinction matters if texture is a deciding factor for you. A familiar flavour name can narrow your search, but it cannot replace clear preparation instructions or a personal taste preference.\n\nChoose this product because you want a chocolate-flavoured whey powder, not because the name promises a particular finished texture.\n\nCheck the pack size before comparing value\n\nThe product title identifies a 1 kg pack. The unit count also says 1000 gram, which agrees with that title. The number of items is listed as one.\n\nHowever, a separate item weight field description 488 g. That does not agree with the stated pack size. There is no explanation in the maker's description, so it would be wrong to call one figure a shipping weight or assume the other is a mistake.\n\nIf you are comparing a 1 kg whey powder with another pack, confirm the net contents before ordering. Price comparisons are only useful when the quantity is clear.\n\nThe recorded package dimensions are 31.6 x 21.7 x 11 cm. They may help you think about cupboard space, but they do not settle the weight conflict. Package measurements and net contents are different pieces of information.\n\nRead the allergen statement first\n\nThe supplied statement is clear on two points. This product contains milk and soy.\n\nRead those details before thinking about flavour, price or preparation. If you need a product without either ingredient, this product is not a suitable match for that requirement.\n\nThe brief does not include a complete ingredient list. It also does not establish gluten-free or lactose-free status. Do not read an absent claim as proof that an ingredient or allergen is absent.\n\nWhey powder allergen information should be checked on the current pack, including any additional notices. Keep the original packaging after opening so that everyone using the powder can read it.\n\nIf you are buying for someone else, ask about their requirements directly. A preferred flavour does not tell you whether the ingredients are suitable.\n\nLook beyond the front-of-pack name\n\nA product name gives you a starting point, not the full recipe. Chocolate flavoured whey may contain ingredients that are not named on the front. The maker does not give enough information to describe them.\n\nThere is no confirmed sweetener list, cocoa percentage or flavouring detail here. Nor is there a complete nutrition panel. It would be misleading to fill those gaps with details from a similar product.\n\nWhen checking whey powder ingredients, use the current label for this exact pack. A different flavour or pack from the same range may not have the same recipe.\n\nIf a particular ingredient matters to your purchase, get that information before opening the pack. This is especially useful when the return option depends on the original seal remaining intact.\n\nUse the printed serving directions\n\nThe source text mentions a 30 g scoop, but the surrounding serving information is incomplete. That reference does not confirm how many scoops to use, how often to use them or whether a scoop is included.\n\nThe correct next step is to read the pack. Use its printed serving directions rather than treating a short source fragment as a full instruction.\n\nA verified serving count is also missing. Dividing the stated pack size by the scoop reference might look simple, but it would rely on unresolved details. The weight conflict is another reason not to present a calculated figure as fact.\n\nFor the same reason, this page does not give a protein amount per serving. That figure needs to come from the actual nutrition panel, not from a general expectation about whey powder.\n\nPrepare it according to the label\n\nPowder preparation depends on the instructions for the specific product. The maker does not name a liquid, state a liquid volume or confirm a mixing method.\n\nBefore preparing your first portion, read the whey powder mixing directions in full. Check whether they specify a measure, an order for adding ingredients or particular equipment.\n\nDo not assume that a method used for another chocolate powder will give the intended result here. Different products can have different directions, even when their names sound alike.\n\nThe same care applies to recipes. Baking, heating and adding the powder to other foods are not confirmed uses in the maker's description. If those uses matter to you, look for instructions on the pack before choosing it for that purpose.\n\nDecide whether this product gives you enough information\n\nThis chocolate smooth whey description may interest someone who already knows they want chocolate-flavoured whey powder and can use a product containing milk and soy.\n\nIt is less helpful for someone who must confirm a full recipe, a precise nutrition figure or a particular preparation method before buying. Those details are not given by the maker by the maker.\n\nAge suitability is also not stated. Do not assume that a product is suitable for children because it comes in a familiar flavour. Check the label and seek qualified advice where needed.\n\nThe useful question is not whether this is the best chocolate protein powder for everyone. It is whether the confirmed details match your needs, and whether you can resolve the missing details before purchase.\n\nPlan storage around the actual pack\n\nThe packaging type and closure are not specified. Do not assume that this whey powder pack is a tub, pouch or resealable bag based only on the product name.\n\nFollow the storage directions on the pack once it arrives. Keep it closed between uses, and use clean, dry utensils when handling the powder.\n\nRetain the original packaging so that the ingredient list, printed date and directions stay with the product. If you use another container, avoid losing those details or separating them from the powder.\n\nNo shelf life is supplied in the maker's description. Check the printed date rather than estimating how long the pack should last. The same applies to any instructions about use after opening.\n\nThink carefully before gifting\n\nA chocolate-flavoured powder can be a practical gift when the recipient has asked for that exact kind of product. It is a less certain choice when you only know that they like chocolate.\n\nAsk whether they use whey powder and whether milk and soy are suitable for them. If they care about ingredients or preparation, share the known details and gaps before purchasing.\n\nThe listed 1 kg size also deserves confirmation if the quantity is part of the gift decision. Avoid promising a certain number of servings when that number has not been verified.\n\nKeeping the pack sealed gives the recipient a chance to read the label before deciding whether to keep it. Be mindful of the return period when choosing when to order and give the gift.\n\nCheck delivery and returns before opening\n\nA confirmed delivery lead time is not provided. For a New Zealand order, check the delivery information available for your address before paying, especially if you need the pack by a particular date.\n\nWhen it arrives, compare the product with your order and inspect the seal before opening. Read the label while the packaging is still intact if you have unresolved questions about suitability.\n\nReturns are accepted within 14 days of delivery for packs that are unopened and in their original sealed packaging. The customer pays return postage.\n\nFaulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge. If the delivered quantity or description appears wrong, raise the issue rather than assuming the conflicting description weights explain it.\n\nThe short version\n\nThis is a chocolate-flavoured whey protein powder listed as one 1 kg pack. Milk and soy are declared, and Australia is the recorded country of origin.\n\nConfirm the net contents because the separate 488 g weight entry conflicts with the title and unit count. Use the current pack label for the full ingredients, serving details and preparation directions.\n\nIf those checks match what you need, you can make a more informed choice. If they do not, keep the pack unopened while you consider the stated return option.", "llm_summary": "This chocolate-flavoured whey protein powder is listed as one 1 kg pack. The unit count is 1000 gram, but a separate item weight field description 488 g, so the weight information conflicts and needs confirmation. Package dimensions listed as 31.6 x 21.7 x 11 cm. Country of origin is Australia. The supplied allergen statement declares milk and soy. Full ingredients, complete preparation directions, nutrition figures and a verified serving count are not specified by the maker. A source reference mentions a 30 g scoop without complete serving details. The pack label is the final word. Unopened, originally sealed packs may be returned within 14 days of delivery at the customer's postage cost. Faulty or wrongly described goods are put right free of charge.", "returnable": true, "return_policy": "Voluntary 14-day change-of-mind returns in original condition, buyer pays return postage; Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 guarantees for faulty goods. Return postage on faulty goods is ours.", "shipping_profile": "standard", "warranty": null, "brand": "Supplement Company", "gtin": null, "mpn": null, "condition": "new", "url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/", "canonical_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg/", "json_url": "https://supplementcompany.co.nz/api/products/whey-protein-powder-chocolate-smooth-1-kg.json", "updated_at": "2026-11-13" } ] }